mirror of
https://github.com/MidnightCommander/source.git
synced 2026-02-02 11:11:55 -08:00
2921 lines
272 KiB
HTML
2921 lines
272 KiB
HTML
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC '-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN' 'http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd'>
|
|
<html xmlns='http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml'>
|
|
<head>
|
|
<title>man/mc.html</title>
|
|
<meta name='robots' content='noindex,nofollow' />
|
|
<meta name='generator' content='GLOBAL-6.6.11' />
|
|
<meta http-equiv='Content-Style-Type' content='text/css' />
|
|
<link rel='stylesheet' type='text/css' href='../style.css' />
|
|
</head>
|
|
<body>
|
|
<!-- beginning of fixed guide -->
|
|
<div id='guide'><ul>
|
|
<li><a href='#TOP'><img class='icon' src='../icons/first.png' alt='[^]' /></a></li>
|
|
<li><a href='#BOTTOM'><img class='icon' src='../icons/last.png' alt='[v]' /></a></li>
|
|
<li><a href='#TOP'><img class='icon' src='../icons/top.png' alt='[top]' /></a></li>
|
|
<li><a href='#BOTTOM'><img class='icon' src='../icons/bottom.png' alt='[bottom]' /></a></li>
|
|
<li><a href='../mains.html'><img class='icon' src='../icons/index.png' alt='[index]' /></a></li>
|
|
<li><a href='../help.html'><img class='icon' src='../icons/help.png' alt='[help]' /></a></li>
|
|
<li class='standout'><span><a href='../files/man.html'>man</a>/mc.html</span></li>
|
|
</ul></div>
|
|
<!-- end of fixed guide -->
|
|
<div align='right'>Manual pages:
|
|
<a href=man/mc.html>mc</a> • <a href=man/mcdiff.html>mcdiff</a> • <a href=man/mcedit.html>mcedit</a> • <a href=man/mcview.html>mcview</a>
|
|
</div>
|
|
<a id='TOP' name='TOP'></a><h2 class='header'><a href='../mains.html'>root</a>/<a href='../files/man.html'>man</a>/mc.html</h2>
|
|
<em class='comment'>/* <img class='icon' src='../icons/n_left.png' alt='[previous]' /><img class='icon' src='../icons/n_right.png' alt='[next]' /><img class='icon' src='../icons/n_first.png' alt='[first]' /><img class='icon' src='../icons/n_last.png' alt='[last]' /><img class='icon' src='../icons/n_top.png' alt='[top]' /><a href='#BOTTOM'><img class='icon' src='../icons/bottom.png' alt='[bottom]' /></a><a href='../mains.html'><img class='icon' src='../icons/index.png' alt='[index]' /></a><a href='../help.html'><img class='icon' src='../icons/help.png' alt='[help]' /></a> <input type='text' readonly onfocus='this.select();' value='+1 man/mc.html' /> */</em>
|
|
<hr />
|
|
<pre>
|
|
<a id='L1' name='L1'></a><!DOCTYPE html>
|
|
<a id='L2' name='L2'></a><html>
|
|
<a id='L3' name='L3'></a><!-- This is an automatically generated file. Do not edit.
|
|
<a id='L4' name='L4'></a> -*- mode: troff; coding: UTF-8 -*-
|
|
<a id='L5' name='L5'></a> TOPICS "Topics:"
|
|
<a id='L6' name='L6'></a> -->
|
|
<a id='L7' name='L7'></a><head>
|
|
<a id='L8' name='L8'></a> <meta charset="utf-8"/>
|
|
<a id='L9' name='L9'></a> <meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0"/>
|
|
<a id='L10' name='L10'></a> <link rel="stylesheet" href="mandoc.css" type="text/css" media="all"/>
|
|
<a id='L11' name='L11'></a> <title>MC(1)</title>
|
|
<a id='L12' name='L12'></a></head>
|
|
<a id='L13' name='L13'></a><body>
|
|
<a id='L14' name='L14'></a><table class="head">
|
|
<a id='L15' name='L15'></a> <tr>
|
|
<a id='L16' name='L16'></a> <td class="head-ltitle">MC(1)</td>
|
|
<a id='L17' name='L17'></a> <td class="head-vol">GNU Midnight Commander</td>
|
|
<a id='L18' name='L18'></a> <td class="head-rtitle">MC(1)</td>
|
|
<a id='L19' name='L19'></a> </tr>
|
|
<a id='L20' name='L20'></a></table>
|
|
<a id='L21' name='L21'></a><div class="manual-text">
|
|
<a id='L22' name='L22'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L23' name='L23'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="NAME"><a class="permalink" href="#NAME">NAME</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L24' name='L24'></a><p class="Pp">mc - Visual shell for Unix-like systems.</p>
|
|
<a id='L25' name='L25'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L26' name='L26'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L27' name='L27'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="SYNOPSIS"><a class="permalink" href="#SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L28' name='L28'></a><p class="Pp"><b>mc</b> [-abcCdfhPstuUVx] [-l log] [dir1 [dir2]] [-e [file] ...]
|
|
<a id='L29' name='L29'></a> [-v file]</p>
|
|
<a id='L30' name='L30'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L31' name='L31'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L32' name='L32'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="DESCRIPTION"><a class="permalink" href="#DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L33' name='L33'></a><p class="Pp">GNU Midnight Commander is a directory browser/file manager for
|
|
<a id='L34' name='L34'></a> Unix-like operating systems.</p>
|
|
<a id='L35' name='L35'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L36' name='L36'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L37' name='L37'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="OPTIONS"><a class="permalink" href="#OPTIONS">OPTIONS</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L38' name='L38'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L39' name='L39'></a> <dt id="a,"><a class="permalink" href="#a,"><i>-a, --stickchars</i></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L40' name='L40'></a> <dd>Disable usage of graphic characters for line drawing.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L41' name='L41'></a> <dt id="b,"><a class="permalink" href="#b,"><i>-b, --nocolor</i></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L42' name='L42'></a> <dd>Force black and white display.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L43' name='L43'></a> <dt id="c,"><a class="permalink" href="#c,"><i>-c, --color</i></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L44' name='L44'></a> <dd>Force color mode, please check the section Colors for more
|
|
<a id='L45' name='L45'></a> information.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L46' name='L46'></a> <dt id="configure"><a class="permalink" href="#configure"><i>--configure-options</i></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L47' name='L47'></a> <dd>Display configure options.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L48' name='L48'></a> <dt id="d,"><a class="permalink" href="#d,"><i>-d, --nomouse</i></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L49' name='L49'></a> <dd>Disable mouse support.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L50' name='L50'></a> <dt id="e"><a class="permalink" href="#e"><i>-e [file],
|
|
<a id='L51' name='L51'></a> --edit[=file]</i></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L52' name='L52'></a> <dd>Start the internal editor. If the file is specified, open it on startup.
|
|
<a id='L53' name='L53'></a> See also <b>mcedit (1)</b>.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L54' name='L54'></a> <dt id="f,"><a class="permalink" href="#f,"><i>-f, --datadir</i></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L55' name='L55'></a> <dd>Display the compiled-in search paths for Midnight Commander files.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L56' name='L56'></a> <dt id="F,"><a class="permalink" href="#F,"><i>-F, --datadir-info</i></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L57' name='L57'></a> <dd>Display extended info about compiled-in paths for Midnight Commander.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L58' name='L58'></a> <dt id="g,"><a class="permalink" href="#g,"><i>-g, --oldmouse</i></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L59' name='L59'></a> <dd>Force a &quot;normal tracking&quot; mouse mode. Used when running on
|
|
<a id='L60' name='L60'></a> xterm-capable terminals (tmux/screen).</dd>
|
|
<a id='L61' name='L61'></a> <dt id="K"><a class="permalink" href="#K"><i>-K file,
|
|
<a id='L62' name='L62'></a> --keymap=file</i></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L63' name='L63'></a> <dd>Specify a name of keymap file in the command line.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L64' name='L64'></a> <dt id="l"><a class="permalink" href="#l"><i>-l file,
|
|
<a id='L65' name='L65'></a> --ftplog=file</i></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L66' name='L66'></a> <dd>Save the ftpfs dialog with the server in file.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L67' name='L67'></a> <dt id="nokeymap"><a class="permalink" href="#nokeymap"><i>--nokeymap</i></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L68' name='L68'></a> <dd>Don't load key bindings from any file, use default hardcoded keys.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L69' name='L69'></a> <dt id="P"><a class="permalink" href="#P"><i>-P file,
|
|
<a id='L70' name='L70'></a> --printwd=file</i></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L71' name='L71'></a> <dd>Print the last working directory to the specified file. This option is not
|
|
<a id='L72' name='L72'></a> meant to be used directly. Instead, it's used from a special shell script
|
|
<a id='L73' name='L73'></a> that automatically changes the current directory of the shell to the last
|
|
<a id='L74' name='L74'></a> directory Midnight Commander was in. Source the file
|
|
<a id='L75' name='L75'></a> <b>/__w/mc/mc/install-prefix/libexec/mc/mc.sh</b> (bash and zsh users),
|
|
<a id='L76' name='L76'></a> <b>/__w/mc/mc/install-prefix/libexec/mc/mc.csh</b> (tcsh users), or
|
|
<a id='L77' name='L77'></a> <b>/__w/mc/mc/install-prefix/libexec/mc/mc.fish</b> (fish users)
|
|
<a id='L78' name='L78'></a> respectively to define <b>mc</b> as an alias to the appropriate shell
|
|
<a id='L79' name='L79'></a> script.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L80' name='L80'></a> <dt id="s,"><a class="permalink" href="#s,"><i>-s, --slow</i></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L81' name='L81'></a> <dd>Turn on the slow terminal mode, in this mode the program will not draw
|
|
<a id='L82' name='L82'></a> expensive line drawing characters and will toggle verbose mode off.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L83' name='L83'></a> <dt id="S"><a class="permalink" href="#S"><i>-S arg, --skin=arg</i></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L84' name='L84'></a> <dd>Specify a name of skin in the command line. Technology of skins is
|
|
<a id='L85' name='L85'></a> documented in the Skins section.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L86' name='L86'></a> <dt id="t,"><a class="permalink" href="#t,"><i>-t, --termcap</i></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L87' name='L87'></a> <dd>Used only if the code was compiled with S-Lang and terminfo: it makes
|
|
<a id='L88' name='L88'></a> Midnight Commander use the value of the <b>TERMCAP</b> variable for the
|
|
<a id='L89' name='L89'></a> terminal information instead of the information on the system wide
|
|
<a id='L90' name='L90'></a> terminal database</dd>
|
|
<a id='L91' name='L91'></a> <dt id="u,"><a class="permalink" href="#u,"><i>-u, --nosubshell</i></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L92' name='L92'></a> <dd>Disable use of the concurrent shell (only makes sense if Midnight
|
|
<a id='L93' name='L93'></a> Commander has been built with concurrent shell support).</dd>
|
|
<a id='L94' name='L94'></a> <dt id="U,"><a class="permalink" href="#U,"><i>-U, --subshell</i></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L95' name='L95'></a> <dd>Enable use of the concurrent shell support (only makes sense if the
|
|
<a id='L96' name='L96'></a> Midnight Commander was built with the subshell support set as an optional
|
|
<a id='L97' name='L97'></a> feature).</dd>
|
|
<a id='L98' name='L98'></a> <dt id="v"><a class="permalink" href="#v"><i>-v file, --view=file</i></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L99' name='L99'></a> <dd>Start the internal viewer to view the specified file. See also <b>mcview
|
|
<a id='L100' name='L100'></a> (1)</b>.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L101' name='L101'></a> <dt id="V,"><a class="permalink" href="#V,"><i>-V, --version</i></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L102' name='L102'></a> <dd>Display the version of the program.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L103' name='L103'></a> <dt id="x,"><a class="permalink" href="#x,"><i>-x, --xterm</i></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L104' name='L104'></a> <dd>Force xterm mode. Used when running on xterm-capable terminals (two screen
|
|
<a id='L105' name='L105'></a> modes, and able to send mouse escape sequences).</dd>
|
|
<a id='L106' name='L106'></a> <dt id="X,"><a class="permalink" href="#X,"><i>-X, --no-x11</i></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L107' name='L107'></a> <dd>Do not use X11 to get the state of modifiers Alt, Ctrl, Shift</dd>
|
|
<a id='L108' name='L108'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L109' name='L109'></a><p class="Pp">If both paths are specified, the first path name is the directory
|
|
<a id='L110' name='L110'></a> to show in the active panel; the second path name is the directory to be
|
|
<a id='L111' name='L111'></a> shown in the other panel.</p>
|
|
<a id='L112' name='L112'></a><p class="Pp">If one path is specified, the path name is the directory to show
|
|
<a id='L113' name='L113'></a> in the active panel; value of &quot;other_dir&quot; from panels.ini is the
|
|
<a id='L114' name='L114'></a> directory to be shown in the passive panel.</p>
|
|
<a id='L115' name='L115'></a><p class="Pp">If no paths are specified, current directory is shown in the
|
|
<a id='L116' name='L116'></a> active panel; value of &quot;other_dir&quot; from panels.ini is the
|
|
<a id='L117' name='L117'></a> directory to be shown in the passive panel.</p>
|
|
<a id='L118' name='L118'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L119' name='L119'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L120' name='L120'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Overview"><a class="permalink" href="#Overview">Overview</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L121' name='L121'></a><p class="Pp">The screen of Midnight Commander is divided into four parts.
|
|
<a id='L122' name='L122'></a> Almost all of the screen space is taken up by two directory panels. By
|
|
<a id='L123' name='L123'></a> default, the second line from the bottom of the screen is the shell command
|
|
<a id='L124' name='L124'></a> line, and the bottom line shows the function key labels. The topmost line is
|
|
<a id='L125' name='L125'></a> the menu bar line. The menu bar line may not be visible, but appears if you
|
|
<a id='L126' name='L126'></a> click the topmost line with the mouse or press the F9 key.</p>
|
|
<a id='L127' name='L127'></a><p class="Pp">Midnight Commander provides a view of two directories at the same
|
|
<a id='L128' name='L128'></a> time. One of the panels is the current panel (a selection bar is in the
|
|
<a id='L129' name='L129'></a> current panel). Almost all operations take place on the current panel. Some
|
|
<a id='L130' name='L130'></a> file operations like Rename and Copy by default use the directory of the
|
|
<a id='L131' name='L131'></a> unselected panel as a destination (don't worry, they always ask you for
|
|
<a id='L132' name='L132'></a> confirmation first). For more information, see the sections on the Directory
|
|
<a id='L133' name='L133'></a> Panels, the Left and Right Menus and the File Menu.</p>
|
|
<a id='L134' name='L134'></a><p class="Pp">You can execute system commands from Midnight Commander by simply
|
|
<a id='L135' name='L135'></a> typing them. Everything you type will appear on the shell command line, and
|
|
<a id='L136' name='L136'></a> when you press Enter, Midnight Commander will execute the command line you
|
|
<a id='L137' name='L137'></a> typed; read the Shell Command Line and Input Line Keys sections to learn
|
|
<a id='L138' name='L138'></a> more about the command line.</p>
|
|
<a id='L139' name='L139'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L140' name='L140'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L141' name='L141'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Mouse_Support"><a class="permalink" href="#Mouse_Support">Mouse
|
|
<a id='L142' name='L142'></a> Support</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L143' name='L143'></a><p class="Pp">Midnight Commander comes with mouse support. It is activated
|
|
<a id='L144' name='L144'></a> whenever you are running on an <b>xterm(1)</b> terminal (it even works if
|
|
<a id='L145' name='L145'></a> you take a telnet, ssh or rlogin connection to another machine from the
|
|
<a id='L146' name='L146'></a> xterm) or if you are running on a Linux console and have the <b>gpm</b>
|
|
<a id='L147' name='L147'></a> mouse server running.</p>
|
|
<a id='L148' name='L148'></a><p class="Pp">When you left click on a file in the directory panels, that file
|
|
<a id='L149' name='L149'></a> is selected; if you click with the right button, the file is marked (or
|
|
<a id='L150' name='L150'></a> unmarked, depending on the previous state).</p>
|
|
<a id='L151' name='L151'></a><p class="Pp">Double-clicking on a file will try to execute the command if it is
|
|
<a id='L152' name='L152'></a> an executable program; and if the extension file has a program specified for
|
|
<a id='L153' name='L153'></a> the file's extension, the specified program is executed.</p>
|
|
<a id='L154' name='L154'></a><p class="Pp">Also, it is possible to execute the commands assigned to the
|
|
<a id='L155' name='L155'></a> function key labels by clicking on them.</p>
|
|
<a id='L156' name='L156'></a><p class="Pp">The default auto repeat rate for the mouse buttons is 400
|
|
<a id='L157' name='L157'></a> milliseconds. This may be changed to other values by editing the
|
|
<a id='L158' name='L158'></a> ~/.config/mc/ini file and changing the <i>mouse_repeat_rate</i>
|
|
<a id='L159' name='L159'></a> parameter.</p>
|
|
<a id='L160' name='L160'></a><p class="Pp">If you are running Midnight Commander with the mouse support, you
|
|
<a id='L161' name='L161'></a> can get the default mouse behavior (cutting and pasting text) by holding
|
|
<a id='L162' name='L162'></a> down the Shift key.</p>
|
|
<a id='L163' name='L163'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L164' name='L164'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L165' name='L165'></a><h1 class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L166' name='L166'></a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L167' name='L167'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L168' name='L168'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L169' name='L169'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Keys"><a class="permalink" href="#Keys">Keys</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L170' name='L170'></a><p class="Pp">Some commands in Midnight Commander involve the use of the
|
|
<a id='L171' name='L171'></a> <i>Control</i> (sometimes labeled CTRL or CTL) and the <i>Meta</i>
|
|
<a id='L172' name='L172'></a> (sometimes labeled ALT or even Compose) keys. In this manual we will use the
|
|
<a id='L173' name='L173'></a> following abbreviations:</p>
|
|
<a id='L174' name='L174'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L175' name='L175'></a> <dt id="C"><a class="permalink" href="#C"><b>C-&lt;chr&gt;</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L176' name='L176'></a> <dd>means hold the Control key while typing the character &lt;chr&gt;. Thus
|
|
<a id='L177' name='L177'></a> C-f would be: hold the Control key and type f.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L178' name='L178'></a> <dt id="Alt"><a class="permalink" href="#Alt"><b>Alt-&lt;chr&gt;</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L179' name='L179'></a> <dd>means hold the Meta or Alt key down while typing &lt;chr&gt;. If there is
|
|
<a id='L180' name='L180'></a> no Meta or Alt key, type <i>Esc</i>, release it, then type the character
|
|
<a id='L181' name='L181'></a> &lt;chr&gt;.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L182' name='L182'></a> <dt id="S~2"><a class="permalink" href="#S~2"><b>S-&lt;chr&gt;</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L183' name='L183'></a> <dd>means hold the Shift key down while typing &lt;chr&gt;.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L184' name='L184'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L185' name='L185'></a><p class="Pp">All input lines in Midnight Commander use an approximation to the
|
|
<a id='L186' name='L186'></a> GNU Emacs editor's key bindings (default).</p>
|
|
<a id='L187' name='L187'></a><p class="Pp">You may redefine key bindings. See <i>redefine hotkey
|
|
<a id='L188' name='L188'></a> bindings</i></p>
|
|
<a id='L189' name='L189'></a><p class="Pp">for more info. All other key bindings (described in this manual)
|
|
<a id='L190' name='L190'></a> are relative to default behavior.</p>
|
|
<a id='L191' name='L191'></a><p class="Pp"></p>
|
|
<a id='L192' name='L192'></a><p class="Pp">There are many sections which tell about the keys. The following
|
|
<a id='L193' name='L193'></a> are the most important.</p>
|
|
<a id='L194' name='L194'></a><p class="Pp">The File Menu section documents the keyboard shortcuts for the
|
|
<a id='L195' name='L195'></a> commands appearing in the File menu. This section includes the function
|
|
<a id='L196' name='L196'></a> keys. Most of these commands perform some action, usually on the selected
|
|
<a id='L197' name='L197'></a> file or the tagged files.</p>
|
|
<a id='L198' name='L198'></a><p class="Pp">The Directory Panels section documents the keys which select a
|
|
<a id='L199' name='L199'></a> file or tag files as a target for a later action (the action is usually one
|
|
<a id='L200' name='L200'></a> from the file menu).</p>
|
|
<a id='L201' name='L201'></a><p class="Pp">The Shell Command Line section list the keys which are used for
|
|
<a id='L202' name='L202'></a> entering and editing command lines. Most of these copy file names and such
|
|
<a id='L203' name='L203'></a> from the directory panels to the command line (to avoid excessive typing) or
|
|
<a id='L204' name='L204'></a> access the command line history.</p>
|
|
<a id='L205' name='L205'></a><p class="Pp">Input Line Keys are used for editing input lines. This means both
|
|
<a id='L206' name='L206'></a> the command line and the input lines in the query dialogs.</p>
|
|
<a id='L207' name='L207'></a><p class="Pp"></p>
|
|
<a id='L208' name='L208'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L209' name='L209'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L210' name='L210'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Redefine_hotkey_bindings"><a class="permalink" href="#Redefine_hotkey_bindings">
|
|
<a id='L211' name='L211'></a> Redefine hotkey bindings</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L212' name='L212'></a><p class="Pp">Hotkey bindings may be read from external file (keymap-file).
|
|
<a id='L213' name='L213'></a> Initially, Midnight Commander creates key bindings using keymap defined in
|
|
<a id='L214' name='L214'></a> the source code. Then, two files
|
|
<a id='L215' name='L215'></a> <b>/__w/mc/mc/install-prefix/share/mc/mc.keymap</b> and
|
|
<a id='L216' name='L216'></a> <b>/__w/mc/mc/install-prefix/etc/mc/mc.keymap</b> are loaded always,
|
|
<a id='L217' name='L217'></a> sequentially reassigned key bindings defined earlier. User-defined
|
|
<a id='L218' name='L218'></a> keymap-file is searched on the following algorithm (to the first one
|
|
<a id='L219' name='L219'></a> found):</p>
|
|
<a id='L220' name='L220'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L221' name='L221'></a> <dt></dt>
|
|
<a id='L222' name='L222'></a> <dd>
|
|
<a id='L223' name='L223'></a> <br/>
|
|
<a id='L224' name='L224'></a> 1) command line option <b>-K &lt;keymap&gt;</b> or
|
|
<a id='L225' name='L225'></a> <b>--keymap=&lt;keymap&gt;</b>
|
|
<a id='L226' name='L226'></a> <br/>
|
|
<a id='L227' name='L227'></a> 2) Environment variable <b>MC_KEYMAP</b>
|
|
<a id='L228' name='L228'></a> <br/>
|
|
<a id='L229' name='L229'></a> 3) Parameter <b>keymap</b> in section <b>[Midnight-Commander]</b> of config
|
|
<a id='L230' name='L230'></a> file.
|
|
<a id='L231' name='L231'></a> <br/>
|
|
<a id='L232' name='L232'></a> 4) File <b>~/.config/mc/mc.keymap</b>
|
|
<a id='L233' name='L233'></a> <br/>
|
|
<a id='L234' name='L234'></a> </dd>
|
|
<a id='L235' name='L235'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L236' name='L236'></a><p class="Pp">Command line option, environment variable and parameter in config
|
|
<a id='L237' name='L237'></a> file may contain the absolute path to the keymap-file (with the extension
|
|
<a id='L238' name='L238'></a> .keymap or without it). Search of keymap-file will occur in (to the first
|
|
<a id='L239' name='L239'></a> one found):</p>
|
|
<a id='L240' name='L240'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L241' name='L241'></a> <dt></dt>
|
|
<a id='L242' name='L242'></a> <dd>
|
|
<a id='L243' name='L243'></a> <br/>
|
|
<a id='L244' name='L244'></a> 1) <b>~/.config/mc</b>
|
|
<a id='L245' name='L245'></a> <br/>
|
|
<a id='L246' name='L246'></a> 2) <b>/__w/mc/mc/install-prefix/etc/mc/</b>
|
|
<a id='L247' name='L247'></a> <br/>
|
|
<a id='L248' name='L248'></a> 3) <b>/__w/mc/mc/install-prefix/share/mc/</b>
|
|
<a id='L249' name='L249'></a> <p class="Pp"></p>
|
|
<a id='L250' name='L250'></a> </dd>
|
|
<a id='L251' name='L251'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L252' name='L252'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L253' name='L253'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L254' name='L254'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Miscellaneous_Keys"><a class="permalink" href="#Miscellaneous_Keys">
|
|
<a id='L255' name='L255'></a> Miscellaneous Keys</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L256' name='L256'></a><p class="Pp">Here are some keys which don't fall into any of the other
|
|
<a id='L257' name='L257'></a> categories:</p>
|
|
<a id='L258' name='L258'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L259' name='L259'></a> <dt id="Enter"><a class="permalink" href="#Enter"><b>Enter</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L260' name='L260'></a> <dd>if there is some text in the command line (the one at the bottom of the
|
|
<a id='L261' name='L261'></a> panels), then that command is executed. If there is no text in the command
|
|
<a id='L262' name='L262'></a> line then if the selection bar is over a directory the Midnight Commander
|
|
<a id='L263' name='L263'></a> does a <b>chdir(2)</b> to the selected directory and reloads the
|
|
<a id='L264' name='L264'></a> information on the panel; if the selection is an executable file then it
|
|
<a id='L265' name='L265'></a> is executed. Finally, if the extension of the selected file name matches
|
|
<a id='L266' name='L266'></a> one of the extensions in the extensions file then the corresponding
|
|
<a id='L267' name='L267'></a> command is executed.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L268' name='L268'></a> <dt id="C~2"><a class="permalink" href="#C~2"><b>C-l</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L269' name='L269'></a> <dd>repaint all the information in Midnight Commander.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L270' name='L270'></a> <dt id="C~3"><a class="permalink" href="#C~3"><b>C-x c</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L271' name='L271'></a> <dd>run the Chmod command on a file or on the tagged files.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L272' name='L272'></a> <dt id="C~4"><a class="permalink" href="#C~4"><b>C-x o</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L273' name='L273'></a> <dd>run the Chown command on the current file or on the tagged files.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L274' name='L274'></a> <dt id="C~5"><a class="permalink" href="#C~5"><b>C-x l</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L275' name='L275'></a> <dd>run the hard link command.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L276' name='L276'></a> <dt id="C~6"><a class="permalink" href="#C~6"><b>C-x s</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L277' name='L277'></a> <dd>run the absolute symbolic link command.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L278' name='L278'></a> <dt id="C~7"><a class="permalink" href="#C~7"><b>C-x v</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L279' name='L279'></a> <dd>run the relative symbolic link command. See the File Menu section for more
|
|
<a id='L280' name='L280'></a> information about symbolic links.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L281' name='L281'></a> <dt id="C~8"><a class="permalink" href="#C~8"><b>C-x i</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L282' name='L282'></a> <dd>set the other panel display mode to information.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L283' name='L283'></a> <dt id="C~9"><a class="permalink" href="#C~9"><b>C-x q</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L284' name='L284'></a> <dd>set the other panel display mode to quick view.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L285' name='L285'></a> <dt id="C~10"><a class="permalink" href="#C~10"><b>C-x !</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L286' name='L286'></a> <dd>execute the External panelize command.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L287' name='L287'></a> <dt id="C~11"><a class="permalink" href="#C~11"><b>C-x h</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L288' name='L288'></a> <dd>run the add directory to hotlist command.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L289' name='L289'></a> <dt id="Alt~2"><a class="permalink" href="#Alt~2"><b>Alt-!</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L290' name='L290'></a> <dd>executes the Filtered view command, described in the view command.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L291' name='L291'></a> <dt id="Alt~3"><a class="permalink" href="#Alt~3"><b>Alt-?</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L292' name='L292'></a> <dd>executes the Find file command.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L293' name='L293'></a> <dt id="Alt~4"><a class="permalink" href="#Alt~4"><b>Alt-c</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L294' name='L294'></a> <dd>pops up the quick cd dialog.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L295' name='L295'></a> <dt id="C~12"><a class="permalink" href="#C~12"><b>C-o</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L296' name='L296'></a> <dd>when the program is being run in the Linux or FreeBSD console or under an
|
|
<a id='L297' name='L297'></a> xterm, it will show you the output of the previous command. When ran on
|
|
<a id='L298' name='L298'></a> the Linux console, Midnight Commander uses an external program
|
|
<a id='L299' name='L299'></a> (cons.saver) to handle saving and restoring of information on the
|
|
<a id='L300' name='L300'></a> screen.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L301' name='L301'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L302' name='L302'></a><p class="Pp">When the subshell support is compiled in, you can type C-o at any
|
|
<a id='L303' name='L303'></a> time and you will be taken back to Midnight Commander's main screen, to
|
|
<a id='L304' name='L304'></a> return to your application just type C-o. If you have an application
|
|
<a id='L305' name='L305'></a> suspended by using this trick, you won't be able to execute other programs
|
|
<a id='L306' name='L306'></a> from Midnight Commander until you terminate the suspended application.</p>
|
|
<a id='L307' name='L307'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L308' name='L308'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L309' name='L309'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Directory_Panels"><a class="permalink" href="#Directory_Panels">
|
|
<a id='L310' name='L310'></a> Directory Panels</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L311' name='L311'></a><p class="Pp">This section lists the keys which operate on the directory panels.
|
|
<a id='L312' name='L312'></a> If you want to know how to change the appearance of the panels take a look
|
|
<a id='L313' name='L313'></a> at the section on Left and Right Menus.</p>
|
|
<a id='L314' name='L314'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L315' name='L315'></a> <dt id="Tab,"><a class="permalink" href="#Tab,"><b>Tab, C-i, left-key,
|
|
<a id='L316' name='L316'></a> right-key</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L317' name='L317'></a> <dd>change the current panel. The old other panel becomes the new current
|
|
<a id='L318' name='L318'></a> panel and the old current panel becomes the new other panel. The selection
|
|
<a id='L319' name='L319'></a> bar moves from the old current panel to the new current panel.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L320' name='L320'></a> <dt id="Insert,"><a class="permalink" href="#Insert,"><b>Insert,
|
|
<a id='L321' name='L321'></a> C-t</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L322' name='L322'></a> <dd>to tag files you may use the Insert key (the kich1 terminfo sequence). To
|
|
<a id='L323' name='L323'></a> untag files, just retag a tagged file.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L324' name='L324'></a> <dt id="Alt~5"><a class="permalink" href="#Alt~5"><b>Alt-e</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L325' name='L325'></a> <dd>to change charset of panel you may use Alt-e (M-e). Recoding is made from
|
|
<a id='L326' name='L326'></a> selected codepage into system codepage. To cancel the recoding, select
|
|
<a id='L327' name='L327'></a> &quot;No translation&quot; in the dialog of encodings.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L328' name='L328'></a> <dt id="Alt~6"><a class="permalink" href="#Alt~6"><b>Alt-g, Alt-r,
|
|
<a id='L329' name='L329'></a> Alt-j</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L330' name='L330'></a> <dd>used to select the top file in a panel, the middle file and the bottom
|
|
<a id='L331' name='L331'></a> one, respectively.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L332' name='L332'></a> <dt id="Alt~7"><a class="permalink" href="#Alt~7"><b>Alt-t</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L333' name='L333'></a> <dd>toggle the current display listing to show the next display listing
|
|
<a id='L334' name='L334'></a> format. With this it is possible to quickly switch to brief listing, long
|
|
<a id='L335' name='L335'></a> listing, user defined listing format, and back to the default.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L336' name='L336'></a> <dt id="C~13"><a class="permalink" href="#C~13"><b>C-\
|
|
<a id='L337' name='L337'></a> (control-backslash)</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L338' name='L338'></a> <dd>show the directory hotlist and change to the selected directory.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L339' name='L339'></a> <dt><b>+ &#x00A0;(plus)</b></dt>
|
|
<a id='L340' name='L340'></a> <dd>this is used to select (tag) a group of files. Midnight Commander will
|
|
<a id='L341' name='L341'></a> prompt for a selection options. When <i>Files only</i> checkbox is on,
|
|
<a id='L342' name='L342'></a> only files will be selected. If <i>Files only</i> is off, as files as
|
|
<a id='L343' name='L343'></a> directories will be selected. When <i>Shell Patterns</i> checkbox is on,
|
|
<a id='L344' name='L344'></a> the regular expression is much like the filename globbing in the shell (*
|
|
<a id='L345' name='L345'></a> standing for zero or more characters and ? standing for one character). If
|
|
<a id='L346' name='L346'></a> <i>Shell Patterns</i> is off, then the tagging of files is done with
|
|
<a id='L347' name='L347'></a> normal regular expressions (see ed (1)). When <i>Case sensitive</i>
|
|
<a id='L348' name='L348'></a> checkbox is on, the selection will be case sensitive characters. If
|
|
<a id='L349' name='L349'></a> <i>Case sensitive</i> is off, the case will be ignored.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L350' name='L350'></a> <dt><b>\ (backslash)</b></dt>
|
|
<a id='L351' name='L351'></a> <dd>use the &quot;\&quot; key to unselect a group of files. This is the
|
|
<a id='L352' name='L352'></a> opposite of the Plus key.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L353' name='L353'></a> <dt id="up"><a class="permalink" href="#up"><b>up-key, C-p</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L354' name='L354'></a> <dd>move the selection bar to the previous entry in the panel.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L355' name='L355'></a> <dt id="down"><a class="permalink" href="#down"><b>down-key, C-n</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L356' name='L356'></a> <dd>move the selection bar to the next entry in the panel.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L357' name='L357'></a> <dt id="home,"><a class="permalink" href="#home,"><b>home, a1,
|
|
<a id='L358' name='L358'></a> Alt-&lt;</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L359' name='L359'></a> <dd>move the selection bar to the first entry in the panel.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L360' name='L360'></a> <dt id="end,"><a class="permalink" href="#end,"><b>end, c1,
|
|
<a id='L361' name='L361'></a> Alt-&gt;</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L362' name='L362'></a> <dd>move the selection bar to the last entry in the panel.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L363' name='L363'></a> <dt id="next"><a class="permalink" href="#next"><b>next-page, C-v</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L364' name='L364'></a> <dd>move the selection bar one page down.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L365' name='L365'></a> <dt id="prev"><a class="permalink" href="#prev"><b>prev-page,
|
|
<a id='L366' name='L366'></a> Alt-v</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L367' name='L367'></a> <dd>move the selection bar one page up.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L368' name='L368'></a> <dt id="Alt~8"><a class="permalink" href="#Alt~8"><b>Alt-(, Alt-)</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L369' name='L369'></a> <dd>scroll long filenames to the right or left.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L370' name='L370'></a> <dt id="Alt~9"><a class="permalink" href="#Alt~9"><b>Alt-o</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L371' name='L371'></a> <dd>If the currently selected file is a directory, load that directory on the
|
|
<a id='L372' name='L372'></a> other panel and moves the selection to the next file. If the currently
|
|
<a id='L373' name='L373'></a> selected file is not a directory, load the parent directory on the other
|
|
<a id='L374' name='L374'></a> panel and moves the selection to the next file.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L375' name='L375'></a> <dt id="Alt~10"><a class="permalink" href="#Alt~10"><b>Alt-i</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L376' name='L376'></a> <dd>make the current directory of the current panel also the current directory
|
|
<a id='L377' name='L377'></a> of the other panel. Put the other panel to the listing mode if needed. If
|
|
<a id='L378' name='L378'></a> the current panel is panelized, the other panel doesn't become
|
|
<a id='L379' name='L379'></a> panelized.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L380' name='L380'></a> <dt id="C~14"><a class="permalink" href="#C~14"><b>C-PageUp,
|
|
<a id='L381' name='L381'></a> C-PageDown</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L382' name='L382'></a> <dd>only when supported by the terminal: change to &quot;..&quot; and to the
|
|
<a id='L383' name='L383'></a> currently selected directory respectively.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L384' name='L384'></a> <dt id="Alt~11"><a class="permalink" href="#Alt~11"><b>Alt-y</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L385' name='L385'></a> <dd>moves to the previous directory in the history, equivalent to clicking the
|
|
<a id='L386' name='L386'></a> <i>&lt;</i> with the mouse.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L387' name='L387'></a> <dt id="Alt~12"><a class="permalink" href="#Alt~12"><b>Alt-u</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L388' name='L388'></a> <dd>moves to the next directory in the history, equivalent to clicking the
|
|
<a id='L389' name='L389'></a> <i>&gt;</i> with the mouse.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L390' name='L390'></a> <dt id="Alt~13"><a class="permalink" href="#Alt~13"><b>Alt-S-h,
|
|
<a id='L391' name='L391'></a> Alt-H</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L392' name='L392'></a> <dd>displays the directory history, equivalent to depressing the 'v' with the
|
|
<a id='L393' name='L393'></a> mouse.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L394' name='L394'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L395' name='L395'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L396' name='L396'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L397' name='L397'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Quick_search"><a class="permalink" href="#Quick_search">
|
|
<a id='L398' name='L398'></a> Quick search</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L399' name='L399'></a><p class="Pp">The Quick search mode allows you to perform fast file search in
|
|
<a id='L400' name='L400'></a> file panel. Press <i>C-s</i> or <i>Alt-s</i> to start a filename search in
|
|
<a id='L401' name='L401'></a> the directory listing.</p>
|
|
<a id='L402' name='L402'></a><p class="Pp">When the search is active, the user input will be added to the
|
|
<a id='L403' name='L403'></a> search string instead of the command line. If the <i>Show mini-status</i>
|
|
<a id='L404' name='L404'></a> option is enabled the search string is shown on the mini-status line. When
|
|
<a id='L405' name='L405'></a> typing, the selection bar will move to the next file starting with the typed
|
|
<a id='L406' name='L406'></a> letters. The <i>Backspace</i> or <i>DEL</i> keys can be used to correct
|
|
<a id='L407' name='L407'></a> typing mistakes. If C-s is pressed again, the next match is searched
|
|
<a id='L408' name='L408'></a> for.</p>
|
|
<a id='L409' name='L409'></a><p class="Pp">If quick search is started with double pressing of C-s, the
|
|
<a id='L410' name='L410'></a> previous quick search pattern will be used for current search.</p>
|
|
<a id='L411' name='L411'></a><p class="Pp">Besides the filename characters, you can also use wildcard
|
|
<a id='L412' name='L412'></a> characters '*' and '?'.</p>
|
|
<a id='L413' name='L413'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L414' name='L414'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L415' name='L415'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Shell_Command_Line"><a class="permalink" href="#Shell_Command_Line">
|
|
<a id='L416' name='L416'></a> Shell Command Line</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L417' name='L417'></a><p class="Pp">This section lists keys which are useful to avoid excessive typing
|
|
<a id='L418' name='L418'></a> when entering shell commands.</p>
|
|
<a id='L419' name='L419'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L420' name='L420'></a> <dt id="Alt~14"><a class="permalink" href="#Alt~14"><b>Alt-Enter</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L421' name='L421'></a> <dd>copy the currently selected file name to the command line.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L422' name='L422'></a> <dt id="C~15"><a class="permalink" href="#C~15"><b>C-Enter</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L423' name='L423'></a> <dd>same a Alt-Enter. May not work on remote systems and some terminals.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L424' name='L424'></a> <dt id="C~16"><a class="permalink" href="#C~16"><b>C-S-Enter</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L425' name='L425'></a> <dd>copy the full path name of the currently selected file to the command
|
|
<a id='L426' name='L426'></a> line. May not work on remote systems and some terminals.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L427' name='L427'></a> <dt id="Alt~15"><a class="permalink" href="#Alt~15"><b>Alt-Tab</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L428' name='L428'></a> <dd>does the filename, command, variable, username and hostname completion for
|
|
<a id='L429' name='L429'></a> you.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L430' name='L430'></a> <dt id="C~17"><a class="permalink" href="#C~17"><b>C-x t, C-x C-t</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L431' name='L431'></a> <dd>copy the tagged files (or if there are no tagged files, the selected file)
|
|
<a id='L432' name='L432'></a> of the current panel (C-x t) or of the other panel (C-x C-t) to the
|
|
<a id='L433' name='L433'></a> command line.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L434' name='L434'></a> <dt id="C~18"><a class="permalink" href="#C~18"><b>C-x p, C-x C-p</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L435' name='L435'></a> <dd>the first key sequence copies the current path name to the command line,
|
|
<a id='L436' name='L436'></a> and the second one copies the unselected panel's path name to the command
|
|
<a id='L437' name='L437'></a> line.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L438' name='L438'></a> <dt id="C~19"><a class="permalink" href="#C~19"><b>C-q</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L439' name='L439'></a> <dd>the quote command can be used to insert characters that are otherwise
|
|
<a id='L440' name='L440'></a> interpreted by Midnight Commander (like the '+' symbol)</dd>
|
|
<a id='L441' name='L441'></a> <dt id="Alt~16"><a class="permalink" href="#Alt~16"><b>Alt-p,
|
|
<a id='L442' name='L442'></a> Alt-n</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L443' name='L443'></a> <dd>use these keys to browse through the command history. Alt-p takes you to
|
|
<a id='L444' name='L444'></a> the last entry, Alt-n takes you to the next one.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L445' name='L445'></a> <dt id="Alt~17"><a class="permalink" href="#Alt~17"><b>Alt-h</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L446' name='L446'></a> <dd>displays the history for the current input line.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L447' name='L447'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L448' name='L448'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L449' name='L449'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L450' name='L450'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="General_Movement_Keys"><a class="permalink" href="#General_Movement_Keys">
|
|
<a id='L451' name='L451'></a> General Movement Keys</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L452' name='L452'></a><p class="Pp">The help viewer, the file viewer and the directory tree use common
|
|
<a id='L453' name='L453'></a> code to handle moving. Therefore they accept exactly the same keys. Each of
|
|
<a id='L454' name='L454'></a> them also accepts some keys of its own.</p>
|
|
<a id='L455' name='L455'></a><p class="Pp">Other parts of Midnight Commander use some of the same movement
|
|
<a id='L456' name='L456'></a> keys, so this section may be of use for those parts too.</p>
|
|
<a id='L457' name='L457'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L458' name='L458'></a> <dt id="Up,"><a class="permalink" href="#Up,"><b>Up, C-p</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L459' name='L459'></a> <dd>moves one line backward.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L460' name='L460'></a> <dt id="Down,"><a class="permalink" href="#Down,"><b>Down, C-n</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L461' name='L461'></a> <dd>moves one line forward.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L462' name='L462'></a> <dt id="Prev"><a class="permalink" href="#Prev"><b>Prev Page, Page Up,
|
|
<a id='L463' name='L463'></a> Alt-v</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L464' name='L464'></a> <dd>moves one page up.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L465' name='L465'></a> <dt id="Next"><a class="permalink" href="#Next"><b>Next Page, Page Down,
|
|
<a id='L466' name='L466'></a> C-v</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L467' name='L467'></a> <dd>moves one page down.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L468' name='L468'></a> <dt id="Home,"><a class="permalink" href="#Home,"><b>Home, A1</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L469' name='L469'></a> <dd>moves to the beginning.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L470' name='L470'></a> <dt id="End,"><a class="permalink" href="#End,"><b>End, C1</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L471' name='L471'></a> <dd>move to the end.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L472' name='L472'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L473' name='L473'></a><p class="Pp">The help viewer and the file viewer accept the following keys in
|
|
<a id='L474' name='L474'></a> addition the to ones mentioned above:</p>
|
|
<a id='L475' name='L475'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L476' name='L476'></a> <dt id="b,~2"><a class="permalink" href="#b,~2"><b>b, C-b, C-h, Backspace,
|
|
<a id='L477' name='L477'></a> Delete</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L478' name='L478'></a> <dd>moves one page up.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L479' name='L479'></a> <dt id="Space"><a class="permalink" href="#Space"><b>Space bar</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L480' name='L480'></a> <dd>moves one page down.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L481' name='L481'></a> <dt id="u,~2"><a class="permalink" href="#u,~2"><b>u, d</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L482' name='L482'></a> <dd>moves one half of a page up or down.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L483' name='L483'></a> <dt id="g,~2"><a class="permalink" href="#g,~2"><b>g, G</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L484' name='L484'></a> <dd>moves to the beginning or to the end.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L485' name='L485'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L486' name='L486'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L487' name='L487'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L488' name='L488'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Input_Line_Keys"><a class="permalink" href="#Input_Line_Keys">
|
|
<a id='L489' name='L489'></a> Input Line Keys</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L490' name='L490'></a><p class="Pp">The input lines (they are used for the command line and for the
|
|
<a id='L491' name='L491'></a> query dialogs in the program) accept these keys:</p>
|
|
<a id='L492' name='L492'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L493' name='L493'></a> <dt id="C~20"><a class="permalink" href="#C~20"><b>C-a</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L494' name='L494'></a> <dd>puts the cursor at the beginning of line.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L495' name='L495'></a> <dt id="C~21"><a class="permalink" href="#C~21"><b>C-e</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L496' name='L496'></a> <dd>puts the cursor at the end of the line.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L497' name='L497'></a> <dt id="C~22"><a class="permalink" href="#C~22"><b>C-b, move-left</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L498' name='L498'></a> <dd>move the cursor one position left.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L499' name='L499'></a> <dt id="C~23"><a class="permalink" href="#C~23"><b>C-f,
|
|
<a id='L500' name='L500'></a> move-right</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L501' name='L501'></a> <dd>move the cursor one position right.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L502' name='L502'></a> <dt id="Alt~18"><a class="permalink" href="#Alt~18"><b>Alt-f</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L503' name='L503'></a> <dd>moves one word forward.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L504' name='L504'></a> <dt id="Alt~19"><a class="permalink" href="#Alt~19"><b>Alt-b</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L505' name='L505'></a> <dd>moves one word backward.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L506' name='L506'></a> <dt id="C~24"><a class="permalink" href="#C~24"><b>C-h, Backspace</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L507' name='L507'></a> <dd>delete the previous character.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L508' name='L508'></a> <dt id="C~25"><a class="permalink" href="#C~25"><b>C-d, Delete</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L509' name='L509'></a> <dd>delete the character in the point (over the cursor).</dd>
|
|
<a id='L510' name='L510'></a> <dt id="C~26"><a class="permalink" href="#C~26"><b>C-@</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L511' name='L511'></a> <dd>sets the mark for cutting.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L512' name='L512'></a> <dt id="C~27"><a class="permalink" href="#C~27"><b>C-w</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L513' name='L513'></a> <dd>copies the text between the cursor and the mark to a kill buffer and
|
|
<a id='L514' name='L514'></a> removes the text from the input line.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L515' name='L515'></a> <dt id="Alt~20"><a class="permalink" href="#Alt~20"><b>Alt-w</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L516' name='L516'></a> <dd>copies the text between the cursor and the mark to a kill buffer.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L517' name='L517'></a> <dt id="C~28"><a class="permalink" href="#C~28"><b>C-y</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L518' name='L518'></a> <dd>yanks back the contents of the kill buffer.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L519' name='L519'></a> <dt id="C~29"><a class="permalink" href="#C~29"><b>C-k</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L520' name='L520'></a> <dd>kills the text from the cursor to the end of the line.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L521' name='L521'></a> <dt id="Alt~21"><a class="permalink" href="#Alt~21"><b>Alt-p,
|
|
<a id='L522' name='L522'></a> Alt-n</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L523' name='L523'></a> <dd>Use these keys to browse through the command history. Alt-p takes you to
|
|
<a id='L524' name='L524'></a> the last entry, Alt-n takes you to the next one.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L525' name='L525'></a> <dt id="Alt~22"><a class="permalink" href="#Alt~22"><b>Alt-C-h,
|
|
<a id='L526' name='L526'></a> Alt-Backspace</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L527' name='L527'></a> <dd>delete one word backward.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L528' name='L528'></a> <dt id="Alt~23"><a class="permalink" href="#Alt~23"><b>Alt-Tab</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L529' name='L529'></a> <dd>does the filename, command, variable, username and hostname completion for
|
|
<a id='L530' name='L530'></a> you.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L531' name='L531'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L532' name='L532'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L533' name='L533'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L534' name='L534'></a><h1 class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L535' name='L535'></a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L536' name='L536'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L537' name='L537'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L538' name='L538'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Menu_Bar"><a class="permalink" href="#Menu_Bar">Menu
|
|
<a id='L539' name='L539'></a> Bar</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L540' name='L540'></a><p class="Pp">The menu bar pops up when you press F9 or click the mouse on the
|
|
<a id='L541' name='L541'></a> top row of the screen. The menu bar has five menus: &quot;Left&quot;,
|
|
<a id='L542' name='L542'></a> &quot;File&quot;, &quot;Command&quot;, &quot;Options&quot; and
|
|
<a id='L543' name='L543'></a> &quot;Right&quot;.</p>
|
|
<a id='L544' name='L544'></a><p class="Pp">The Left and Right Menus allow you to modify the appearance of the
|
|
<a id='L545' name='L545'></a> left and right directory panels.</p>
|
|
<a id='L546' name='L546'></a><p class="Pp">The File Menu lists the actions you can perform on the currently
|
|
<a id='L547' name='L547'></a> selected file or the tagged files.</p>
|
|
<a id='L548' name='L548'></a><p class="Pp">The Command Menu lists the actions which are more general and bear
|
|
<a id='L549' name='L549'></a> no relation to the currently selected file or the tagged files.</p>
|
|
<a id='L550' name='L550'></a><p class="Pp">The Options Menu lists the actions which allow you to customize
|
|
<a id='L551' name='L551'></a> Midnight Commander.</p>
|
|
<a id='L552' name='L552'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L553' name='L553'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L554' name='L554'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Left_and_Right_(Above_and_Below)_Menus"><a class="permalink" href="#Left_and_Right_(Above_and_Below)_Menus">
|
|
<a id='L555' name='L555'></a> Left and Right (Above and Below) Menus</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L556' name='L556'></a><p class="Pp">The outlook of the directory panels can be changed from the
|
|
<a id='L557' name='L557'></a> <b>Left</b> and <b>Right</b> menus (they are named <b>Above</b> and
|
|
<a id='L558' name='L558'></a> <b>Below</b> when the horizontal panel split is chosen from the Layout
|
|
<a id='L559' name='L559'></a> options dialog).</p>
|
|
<a id='L560' name='L560'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L561' name='L561'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L562' name='L562'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Listing_Format..."><a class="permalink" href="#Listing_Format...">
|
|
<a id='L563' name='L563'></a> Listing Format...</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L564' name='L564'></a><p class="Pp">The listing mode view is used to display a listing of files, there
|
|
<a id='L565' name='L565'></a> are four different listing formats available: <b>Full</b>, <b>Brief</b>,
|
|
<a id='L566' name='L566'></a> <b>Long</b> and <b>User</b>. The full directory view shows the file name,
|
|
<a id='L567' name='L567'></a> the size of the file and the modification time.</p>
|
|
<a id='L568' name='L568'></a><p class="Pp">The brief view shows only the file name and it has from 1 up to 9
|
|
<a id='L569' name='L569'></a> columns (therefore showing more files unlike other views). The long view is
|
|
<a id='L570' name='L570'></a> similar to the output of <b>ls -l</b> command. The long view takes the whole
|
|
<a id='L571' name='L571'></a> screen width.</p>
|
|
<a id='L572' name='L572'></a><p class="Pp">If you choose the &quot;User&quot; display format, then you have
|
|
<a id='L573' name='L573'></a> to specify the display format.</p>
|
|
<a id='L574' name='L574'></a><p class="Pp">The user display format must start with a panel size specifier.
|
|
<a id='L575' name='L575'></a> This may be &quot;half&quot; or &quot;full&quot;, and they specify a half
|
|
<a id='L576' name='L576'></a> screen panel and a full screen panel respectively.</p>
|
|
<a id='L577' name='L577'></a><p class="Pp">After the panel size, you may specify how many listings to fit in
|
|
<a id='L578' name='L578'></a> the panel, side-by-side (in other words: how many times to repeat the fields
|
|
<a id='L579' name='L579'></a> horizontally). This defaults to 1. You may change this by adding a number
|
|
<a id='L580' name='L580'></a> from 1 to 9 to the format string.</p>
|
|
<a id='L581' name='L581'></a><p class="Pp">After this you add the name of the fields with an optional size
|
|
<a id='L582' name='L582'></a> specifier. This are the available fields you may display:</p>
|
|
<a id='L583' name='L583'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L584' name='L584'></a> <dt id="name"><a class="permalink" href="#name"><b>name</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L585' name='L585'></a> <dd>displays the file name.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L586' name='L586'></a> <dt id="size"><a class="permalink" href="#size"><b>size</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L587' name='L587'></a> <dd>displays the file size.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L588' name='L588'></a> <dt id="bsize"><a class="permalink" href="#bsize"><b>bsize</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L589' name='L589'></a> <dd>is an alternative form of the <b>size</b> format. It displays the size of
|
|
<a id='L590' name='L590'></a> the files and for directories it just shows SUB-DIR or UP--DIR unless the
|
|
<a id='L591' name='L591'></a> directory size is computed by the &quot;Show directory sizes&quot;
|
|
<a id='L592' name='L592'></a> command.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L593' name='L593'></a> <dt id="type"><a class="permalink" href="#type"><b>type</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L594' name='L594'></a> <dd>displays a one character wide type field. This character is similar to
|
|
<a id='L595' name='L595'></a> what is displayed by ls with the -F flag - <b>*</b> for executable files,
|
|
<a id='L596' name='L596'></a> <b>/</b> for directories, <b>@</b> for links, <b>=</b> for sockets,
|
|
<a id='L597' name='L597'></a> <b>-</b> for character devices, <b>+</b> for block devices, <b>|</b> for
|
|
<a id='L598' name='L598'></a> pipes, <b>~</b> for symbolic links to directories and <b>!</b> for stale
|
|
<a id='L599' name='L599'></a> symlinks (links that point nowhere).</dd>
|
|
<a id='L600' name='L600'></a> <dt id="mark"><a class="permalink" href="#mark"><b>mark</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L601' name='L601'></a> <dd>an asterisk if the file is tagged, a space if it's not.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L602' name='L602'></a> <dt id="mtime"><a class="permalink" href="#mtime"><b>mtime</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L603' name='L603'></a> <dd>file's last modification time.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L604' name='L604'></a> <dt id="atime"><a class="permalink" href="#atime"><b>atime</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L605' name='L605'></a> <dd>file's last access time.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L606' name='L606'></a> <dt id="ctime"><a class="permalink" href="#ctime"><b>ctime</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L607' name='L607'></a> <dd>file's status change time.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L608' name='L608'></a> <dt id="perm"><a class="permalink" href="#perm"><b>perm</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L609' name='L609'></a> <dd>a string representing the current permission bits of the file.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L610' name='L610'></a> <dt id="mode"><a class="permalink" href="#mode"><b>mode</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L611' name='L611'></a> <dd>an octal value with the current permission bits of the file.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L612' name='L612'></a> <dt id="nlink"><a class="permalink" href="#nlink"><b>nlink</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L613' name='L613'></a> <dd>the number of links to the file.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L614' name='L614'></a> <dt id="ngid"><a class="permalink" href="#ngid"><b>ngid</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L615' name='L615'></a> <dd>the GID (numeric).</dd>
|
|
<a id='L616' name='L616'></a> <dt id="nuid"><a class="permalink" href="#nuid"><b>nuid</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L617' name='L617'></a> <dd>the UID (numeric).</dd>
|
|
<a id='L618' name='L618'></a> <dt id="owner"><a class="permalink" href="#owner"><b>owner</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L619' name='L619'></a> <dd>the owner of the file.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L620' name='L620'></a> <dt id="group"><a class="permalink" href="#group"><b>group</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L621' name='L621'></a> <dd>the group of the file.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L622' name='L622'></a> <dt id="inode"><a class="permalink" href="#inode"><b>inode</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L623' name='L623'></a> <dd>the inode of the file.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L624' name='L624'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L625' name='L625'></a><p class="Pp">Also you can use following keywords to define the panel
|
|
<a id='L626' name='L626'></a> layout:</p>
|
|
<a id='L627' name='L627'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L628' name='L628'></a> <dt id="space"><a class="permalink" href="#space"><b>space</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L629' name='L629'></a> <dd>a space in the display format.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L630' name='L630'></a> <dt><b>|</b></dt>
|
|
<a id='L631' name='L631'></a> <dd>add a vertical line to the display format.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L632' name='L632'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L633' name='L633'></a><p class="Pp">To force one field to a fixed size (a size specifier), you just
|
|
<a id='L634' name='L634'></a> add <b>:</b> followed by the number of characters you want the field to
|
|
<a id='L635' name='L635'></a> have. If the number is followed by the symbol <b>+</b>, then the size
|
|
<a id='L636' name='L636'></a> specifies the minimal field size - if the program finds out that there is
|
|
<a id='L637' name='L637'></a> more space on the screen, it will then expand that field.</p>
|
|
<a id='L638' name='L638'></a><p class="Pp">For example, the <b>Full</b> display corresponds to this
|
|
<a id='L639' name='L639'></a> format:</p>
|
|
<a id='L640' name='L640'></a><p class="Pp">half type name | size | mtime</p>
|
|
<a id='L641' name='L641'></a><p class="Pp">And the <b>Long</b> display corresponds to this format:</p>
|
|
<a id='L642' name='L642'></a><p class="Pp">full perm space nlink space owner space group space size space
|
|
<a id='L643' name='L643'></a> mtime space name</p>
|
|
<a id='L644' name='L644'></a><p class="Pp">This is a nice user display format:</p>
|
|
<a id='L645' name='L645'></a><p class="Pp">half name | size:7 | type mode:3</p>
|
|
<a id='L646' name='L646'></a><p class="Pp">Panels may also be set to the following modes:</p>
|
|
<a id='L647' name='L647'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L648' name='L648'></a> <dt id="Quick"><a class="permalink" href="#Quick"><b>Quick View</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L649' name='L649'></a> <dd>In this mode, the panel will switch to a reduced viewer that displays the
|
|
<a id='L650' name='L650'></a> contents of the currently selected file, if you select the panel (with the
|
|
<a id='L651' name='L651'></a> tab key or the mouse), you will have access to the usual viewer
|
|
<a id='L652' name='L652'></a> commands.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L653' name='L653'></a> <dt id="Info"><a class="permalink" href="#Info"><b>Info</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L654' name='L654'></a> <dd>The info view display information related to the currently selected file
|
|
<a id='L655' name='L655'></a> and if possible information about the current file system.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L656' name='L656'></a> <dt id="Tree"><a class="permalink" href="#Tree"><b>Tree</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L657' name='L657'></a> <dd>The tree view is quite similar to the directory tree feature. See the
|
|
<a id='L658' name='L658'></a> section about it for more information.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L659' name='L659'></a> <dt id="Panelize"><a class="permalink" href="#Panelize"><b>Panelize</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L660' name='L660'></a> <dd>This mode shows the results of the latest External panelize or Find file
|
|
<a id='L661' name='L661'></a> commands.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L662' name='L662'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L663' name='L663'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L664' name='L664'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L665' name='L665'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Sort_Order..."><a class="permalink" href="#Sort_Order...">
|
|
<a id='L666' name='L666'></a> Sort Order...</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L667' name='L667'></a><p class="Pp">The eight sort orders are by name (alphabetical sort or version
|
|
<a id='L668' name='L668'></a> sort, also known as natural sort), by extension, by modification time, by
|
|
<a id='L669' name='L669'></a> access time, and by inode information modification time, by size, by inode
|
|
<a id='L670' name='L670'></a> and unsorted. In the Sort order dialog box you can choose the sort order and
|
|
<a id='L671' name='L671'></a> you may also specify if you want to sort in reverse order by checking the
|
|
<a id='L672' name='L672'></a> reverse box.</p>
|
|
<a id='L673' name='L673'></a><p class="Pp">By default directories are sorted before files but this can be
|
|
<a id='L674' name='L674'></a> changed from the Panel options menu (option <b>Mix all files</b>).</p>
|
|
<a id='L675' name='L675'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L676' name='L676'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L677' name='L677'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Filter..."><a class="permalink" href="#Filter...">
|
|
<a id='L678' name='L678'></a> Filter...</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L679' name='L679'></a><p class="Pp">The filter command allows you to specify a shell pattern (for
|
|
<a id='L680' name='L680'></a> example <b>*.tar.gz</b>) which the files and directories must match to be
|
|
<a id='L681' name='L681'></a> shown. The input line allow enter the pattern of file/directory names that
|
|
<a id='L682' name='L682'></a> will be shown in the panel.</p>
|
|
<a id='L683' name='L683'></a><p class="Pp">When <i>Files only</i> checkbox is on, only files will be matched
|
|
<a id='L684' name='L684'></a> to the filter, and all directories will be shown. Otherwise, as files as
|
|
<a id='L685' name='L685'></a> directories will be filtered. When <i>Shell Patterns</i> checkbox is on, the
|
|
<a id='L686' name='L686'></a> regular expression is much like the filename globbing in the shell (*
|
|
<a id='L687' name='L687'></a> standing for zero or more characters and ? standing for one character).
|
|
<a id='L688' name='L688'></a> Otherwise, the matching of files/directories is done with normal regular
|
|
<a id='L689' name='L689'></a> expressions (see ed(1)). When <i>Case sensitive</i> checkbox is on, the
|
|
<a id='L690' name='L690'></a> filtering will be case sensitive characters. Otherwise, the case will be
|
|
<a id='L691' name='L691'></a> ignored.</p>
|
|
<a id='L692' name='L692'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L693' name='L693'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L694' name='L694'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Reread"><a class="permalink" href="#Reread"> Reread</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L695' name='L695'></a><p class="Pp">The reread command reload the list of files in the directory. It
|
|
<a id='L696' name='L696'></a> is useful if other processes have created or removed files.</p>
|
|
<a id='L697' name='L697'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L698' name='L698'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L699' name='L699'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="File_Menu"><a class="permalink" href="#File_Menu"> File
|
|
<a id='L700' name='L700'></a> Menu</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L701' name='L701'></a><p class="Pp">Midnight Commander uses the F1 - F10 keys as keyboard shortcuts
|
|
<a id='L702' name='L702'></a> for commands appearing in the file menu. The escape sequences for the
|
|
<a id='L703' name='L703'></a> function keys are terminfo capabilities kf1 trough kf10. On terminals
|
|
<a id='L704' name='L704'></a> without function key support, you can achieve the same functionality by
|
|
<a id='L705' name='L705'></a> pressing the Esc key and then a number in the range 1 through 9 and 0
|
|
<a id='L706' name='L706'></a> (corresponding to F1 to F9 and F10 respectively).</p>
|
|
<a id='L707' name='L707'></a><p class="Pp">The File menu has the following commands (keyboard shortcuts in
|
|
<a id='L708' name='L708'></a> parentheses):</p>
|
|
<a id='L709' name='L709'></a><p class="Pp"><b>Help (F1)</b></p>
|
|
<a id='L710' name='L710'></a><p class="Pp">Invokes the built-in hypertext help viewer. Inside the help
|
|
<a id='L711' name='L711'></a> viewer, you can use the Tab key to select the next link and the Enter key to
|
|
<a id='L712' name='L712'></a> follow that link. The keys Space and Backspace are used to move forward and
|
|
<a id='L713' name='L713'></a> backward in a help page. Press F1 again to get the full list of accepted
|
|
<a id='L714' name='L714'></a> keys.</p>
|
|
<a id='L715' name='L715'></a><p class="Pp"><b>Menu (F2)</b></p>
|
|
<a id='L716' name='L716'></a><p class="Pp">Invoke the user menu. The user menu provides an easy way to
|
|
<a id='L717' name='L717'></a> provide users with a menu and add extra features to Midnight Commander.</p>
|
|
<a id='L718' name='L718'></a><p class="Pp"><b>View (F3, F13)</b></p>
|
|
<a id='L719' name='L719'></a><p class="Pp">View the currently selected file. By default this invokes the
|
|
<a id='L720' name='L720'></a> Internal File Viewer but if the option &quot;Use internal view&quot; is off,
|
|
<a id='L721' name='L721'></a> it invokes an external file viewer specified by the <b>VIEWER</b>
|
|
<a id='L722' name='L722'></a> environment variable. If <b>VIEWER</b> is undefined, the <b>PAGER</b>
|
|
<a id='L723' name='L723'></a> environment variable is tried. If <b>PAGER</b> is also undefined, the
|
|
<a id='L724' name='L724'></a> &quot;view&quot; command is invoked. If you use F13 instead, the viewer will
|
|
<a id='L725' name='L725'></a> be invoked without doing any formatting or preprocessing to the file.</p>
|
|
<a id='L726' name='L726'></a><p class="Pp">See parameters for external viewer for explain how you may specify
|
|
<a id='L727' name='L727'></a> an extended command line options for external viewers.</p>
|
|
<a id='L728' name='L728'></a><p class="Pp"><b>Filtered View (Alt-!)</b></p>
|
|
<a id='L729' name='L729'></a><p class="Pp">This command prompts for a command and its arguments (the argument
|
|
<a id='L730' name='L730'></a> defaults to the currently selected file name), the output from such command
|
|
<a id='L731' name='L731'></a> is shown in the internal file viewer.</p>
|
|
<a id='L732' name='L732'></a><p class="Pp"><b>Edit (F4, F14)</b></p>
|
|
<a id='L733' name='L733'></a><p class="Pp">Press F4 to edit the highlighted file. Press F14 (usually F14) to
|
|
<a id='L734' name='L734'></a> start the editor with a new, empty file. Currently they invoke the <b>vi</b>
|
|
<a id='L735' name='L735'></a> editor, or the editor specified in the <b>EDITOR</b> environment variable,
|
|
<a id='L736' name='L736'></a> or the Internal File Editor if the use_internal_edit option is on.</p>
|
|
<a id='L737' name='L737'></a><p class="Pp">See parameters for external editor for explain how you may specify
|
|
<a id='L738' name='L738'></a> an extended command line options for external editors.</p>
|
|
<a id='L739' name='L739'></a><p class="Pp"><b>Copy (F5, F15)</b></p>
|
|
<a id='L740' name='L740'></a><p class="Pp">Press F5 to pop up an input dialog to copy the currently selected
|
|
<a id='L741' name='L741'></a> file (or the tagged files, if there is at least one file tagged) to the
|
|
<a id='L742' name='L742'></a> directory/filename you specify in the input dialog. The destination defaults
|
|
<a id='L743' name='L743'></a> to the directory in the non-selected panel. Space for destination file may
|
|
<a id='L744' name='L744'></a> be preallocated relative to preallocate_space configure option. During this
|
|
<a id='L745' name='L745'></a> process, you can press C-c or Esc to abort the operation. For details about
|
|
<a id='L746' name='L746'></a> source mask (which will be usually either * or ^\(.*\)$ depending on setting
|
|
<a id='L747' name='L747'></a> of Use shell patterns) and possible wildcards in the destination see Mask
|
|
<a id='L748' name='L748'></a> copy/rename.</p>
|
|
<a id='L749' name='L749'></a><p class="Pp">F15 (usually F15) is similar, but defaults to the directory in the
|
|
<a id='L750' name='L750'></a> selected panel. It always operates on the selected file, regardless of any
|
|
<a id='L751' name='L751'></a> tagged files.</p>
|
|
<a id='L752' name='L752'></a><p class="Pp">On some systems, it is possible to do the copy in the background
|
|
<a id='L753' name='L753'></a> by clicking on the background button (or pressing Alt-b in the dialog box).
|
|
<a id='L754' name='L754'></a> The Background Jobs is used to control the background process.</p>
|
|
<a id='L755' name='L755'></a><p class="Pp"><b>Link (C-x l)</b></p>
|
|
<a id='L756' name='L756'></a><p class="Pp">Create a hard link to the current file.</p>
|
|
<a id='L757' name='L757'></a><p class="Pp"><b>Absolute symlink (C-x s)</b></p>
|
|
<a id='L758' name='L758'></a><p class="Pp">Create a absolute symbolic link to the current file.</p>
|
|
<a id='L759' name='L759'></a><p class="Pp"><b>Relative symLink (C-x v)</b></p>
|
|
<a id='L760' name='L760'></a><p class="Pp">Create a relative symbolic link to the current file.</p>
|
|
<a id='L761' name='L761'></a><p class="Pp">To those of you who don't know what links are: creating a link to
|
|
<a id='L762' name='L762'></a> a file is a bit like copying the file, but both the source filename and the
|
|
<a id='L763' name='L763'></a> destination filename represent the same file image. For example, if you edit
|
|
<a id='L764' name='L764'></a> one of these files, all changes you make will appear in both files. Some
|
|
<a id='L765' name='L765'></a> people call links aliases or shortcuts.</p>
|
|
<a id='L766' name='L766'></a><p class="Pp">A hard link appears as a real file. After making it, there is no
|
|
<a id='L767' name='L767'></a> way of telling which one is the original and which is the link. If you
|
|
<a id='L768' name='L768'></a> delete either one of them the other one is still intact. It is very
|
|
<a id='L769' name='L769'></a> difficult to notice that the files represent the same image. Use hard links
|
|
<a id='L770' name='L770'></a> when you don't even want to know.</p>
|
|
<a id='L771' name='L771'></a><p class="Pp">A symbolic link is a reference to the name of the original file.
|
|
<a id='L772' name='L772'></a> If the original file is deleted the symbolic link is useless. It is quite
|
|
<a id='L773' name='L773'></a> easy to notice that the files represent the same image. Midnight Commander
|
|
<a id='L774' name='L774'></a> shows an &quot;@&quot;-sign in front of the file name if it is a symbolic
|
|
<a id='L775' name='L775'></a> link to somewhere (except to directory, where it shows a tilde (~)). The
|
|
<a id='L776' name='L776'></a> original file which the link points to is shown on mini-status line if the
|
|
<a id='L777' name='L777'></a> <i>Show mini-status</i> option is enabled. Use symbolic links when you want
|
|
<a id='L778' name='L778'></a> to avoid the confusion that can be caused by hard links.</p>
|
|
<a id='L779' name='L779'></a><p class="Pp">When you press &quot;C-x s&quot; Midnight Commander will
|
|
<a id='L780' name='L780'></a> automatically fill in the complete path+filename of the original file and
|
|
<a id='L781' name='L781'></a> suggest a name for the link. You can change either one.</p>
|
|
<a id='L782' name='L782'></a><p class="Pp">Sometimes you may want to change the absolute path of the original
|
|
<a id='L783' name='L783'></a> into a relative path. An absolute path starts from the root directory:</p>
|
|
<a id='L784' name='L784'></a><p class="Pp"><i>/home/frodo/mc/mc -&gt; /home/frodo/new/mc</i></p>
|
|
<a id='L785' name='L785'></a><p class="Pp">A relative link describes the original file's location starting
|
|
<a id='L786' name='L786'></a> from the location of the link itself:</p>
|
|
<a id='L787' name='L787'></a><p class="Pp"><i>/home/frodo/mc/mc -&gt; ../new/mc</i></p>
|
|
<a id='L788' name='L788'></a><p class="Pp">You can force Midnight Commander to suggest a relative path by
|
|
<a id='L789' name='L789'></a> pressing &quot;C-x v&quot; instead of &quot;C-x s&quot;.</p>
|
|
<a id='L790' name='L790'></a><p class="Pp"><b>Rename/Move (F6, F16)</b></p>
|
|
<a id='L791' name='L791'></a><p class="Pp">Press F6 to pop up an input dialog to copy the currently selected
|
|
<a id='L792' name='L792'></a> file (or the tagged files, if there is at least one file tagged) to the
|
|
<a id='L793' name='L793'></a> directory/filename you specify in the input dialog. The destination defaults
|
|
<a id='L794' name='L794'></a> to the directory in the non-selected panel. For more details look at Copy
|
|
<a id='L795' name='L795'></a> (F5) operation above, most of the things are quite similar.</p>
|
|
<a id='L796' name='L796'></a><p class="Pp">F16 (usually F16) is similar, but defaults to the directory in the
|
|
<a id='L797' name='L797'></a> selected panel. It always operates on the selected file, regardless of any
|
|
<a id='L798' name='L798'></a> tagged files.</p>
|
|
<a id='L799' name='L799'></a><p class="Pp">On some systems, it is possible to do the copy in the background
|
|
<a id='L800' name='L800'></a> by clicking on the background button (or pressing Alt-b in the dialog box).
|
|
<a id='L801' name='L801'></a> The Background Jobs is used to control the background process.</p>
|
|
<a id='L802' name='L802'></a><p class="Pp"><b>Mkdir (F7)</b></p>
|
|
<a id='L803' name='L803'></a><p class="Pp">Pop up an input dialog and creates the directory specified.</p>
|
|
<a id='L804' name='L804'></a><p class="Pp"><b>Delete (F8)</b></p>
|
|
<a id='L805' name='L805'></a><p class="Pp">Delete the currently selected file or the tagged files in the
|
|
<a id='L806' name='L806'></a> currently selected panel. During the process, you can press C-c or Esc to
|
|
<a id='L807' name='L807'></a> abort the operation.</p>
|
|
<a id='L808' name='L808'></a><p class="Pp"><b>Quick cd (Alt-c)</b> Use the quick cd command if you have full
|
|
<a id='L809' name='L809'></a> command line and want to cd somewhere.</p>
|
|
<a id='L810' name='L810'></a><p class="Pp"><b>Select group (+)</b></p>
|
|
<a id='L811' name='L811'></a><p class="Pp">This is used to select (tag) a group of files. Midnight Commander
|
|
<a id='L812' name='L812'></a> will prompt for a selection options. When <i>Files only</i> checkbox is on,
|
|
<a id='L813' name='L813'></a> only files will be selected. If <i>Files only</i> is off, as files as
|
|
<a id='L814' name='L814'></a> directories will be selected. When <i>Shell Patterns</i> checkbox is on, the
|
|
<a id='L815' name='L815'></a> regular expression is much like the filename globbing in the shell (*
|
|
<a id='L816' name='L816'></a> standing for zero or more characters and ? standing for one character). If
|
|
<a id='L817' name='L817'></a> <i>Shell Patterns</i> is off, then the tagging of files is done with normal
|
|
<a id='L818' name='L818'></a> regular expressions (see ed (1)). When <i>Case sensitive</i> checkbox is on,
|
|
<a id='L819' name='L819'></a> the selection will be case sensitive characters. If <i>Case sensitive</i> is
|
|
<a id='L820' name='L820'></a> off, the case will be ignored.</p>
|
|
<a id='L821' name='L821'></a><p class="Pp"><b>Unselect group (\)</b></p>
|
|
<a id='L822' name='L822'></a><p class="Pp">Used to unselect a group of files. This is the opposite of the
|
|
<a id='L823' name='L823'></a> <i>Select group</i> command.</p>
|
|
<a id='L824' name='L824'></a><p class="Pp"><b>Invert selection (*)</b></p>
|
|
<a id='L825' name='L825'></a><p class="Pp">Select (tag) all items that are currently unselected, and unselect
|
|
<a id='L826' name='L826'></a> (untag) all items that are currently selected. Applies to only files or to
|
|
<a id='L827' name='L827'></a> both files and directories, depending on whether 'Reverse files only' is
|
|
<a id='L828' name='L828'></a> enabled.</p>
|
|
<a id='L829' name='L829'></a><p class="Pp"><b>Quit (F10, S-F10)</b></p>
|
|
<a id='L830' name='L830'></a><p class="Pp">Terminate Midnight Commander. S-F10 is used when you want to quit
|
|
<a id='L831' name='L831'></a> and you are using the shell wrapper. S-F10 will not take you to the last
|
|
<a id='L832' name='L832'></a> directory you visited with Midnight Commander, instead it will stay at the
|
|
<a id='L833' name='L833'></a> directory where you started Midnight Commander.</p>
|
|
<a id='L834' name='L834'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L835' name='L835'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L836' name='L836'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Quick_cd"><a class="permalink" href="#Quick_cd"> Quick
|
|
<a id='L837' name='L837'></a> cd</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L838' name='L838'></a><p class="Pp">This command is useful if you have a full command line and want to
|
|
<a id='L839' name='L839'></a> cd somewhere without having to yank and paste the command line. This command
|
|
<a id='L840' name='L840'></a> pops up a small dialog, where you enter everything you would enter after
|
|
<a id='L841' name='L841'></a> <b>cd</b> on the command line and then you press enter. This features all
|
|
<a id='L842' name='L842'></a> the things that are already in the internal cd command.</p>
|
|
<a id='L843' name='L843'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L844' name='L844'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L845' name='L845'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Command_Menu"><a class="permalink" href="#Command_Menu">
|
|
<a id='L846' name='L846'></a> Command Menu</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L847' name='L847'></a><p class="Pp">The Directory tree command shows a tree figure of the
|
|
<a id='L848' name='L848'></a> directories.</p>
|
|
<a id='L849' name='L849'></a><p class="Pp">The &quot;Find file&quot; command allows you to search for a
|
|
<a id='L850' name='L850'></a> specific file.</p>
|
|
<a id='L851' name='L851'></a><p class="Pp">The &quot;Swap panels&quot; command swaps the contents of the two
|
|
<a id='L852' name='L852'></a> directory panels.</p>
|
|
<a id='L853' name='L853'></a><p class="Pp">The &quot;Switch panels on/off&quot; command shows the output of
|
|
<a id='L854' name='L854'></a> the last shell command. This works only on xterm and on Linux and FreeBSD
|
|
<a id='L855' name='L855'></a> console.</p>
|
|
<a id='L856' name='L856'></a><p class="Pp">The &quot;Compare directories&quot; command compares the directory
|
|
<a id='L857' name='L857'></a> panels with each other. You can then use the Copy (F5) command to make the
|
|
<a id='L858' name='L858'></a> panels identical. There are three compare methods. The quick method compares
|
|
<a id='L859' name='L859'></a> only file size and file date. The thorough method makes a full byte-by-byte
|
|
<a id='L860' name='L860'></a> compare. The size-only compare method just compares the file sizes and does
|
|
<a id='L861' name='L861'></a> not check the contents or the date times, it just checks the file size.</p>
|
|
<a id='L862' name='L862'></a><p class="Pp">The &quot;External panelize&quot; allows you to execute an
|
|
<a id='L863' name='L863'></a> external program, and make the output of that program the contents of the
|
|
<a id='L864' name='L864'></a> current panel.</p>
|
|
<a id='L865' name='L865'></a><p class="Pp">The &quot;Command history&quot; command shows a list of typed
|
|
<a id='L866' name='L866'></a> commands. The selected command is copied to the command line. The command
|
|
<a id='L867' name='L867'></a> history can also be accessed by typing Alt-p or Alt-n.</p>
|
|
<a id='L868' name='L868'></a><p class="Pp">The &quot;Directory hotlist&quot; command makes changing of the
|
|
<a id='L869' name='L869'></a> current directory to often used directories faster.</p>
|
|
<a id='L870' name='L870'></a><p class="Pp">The &quot;Screen list&quot; command shows a dialog window with the
|
|
<a id='L871' name='L871'></a> list of currently running internal editors, viewers and other MC modules
|
|
<a id='L872' name='L872'></a> that support this mode.</p>
|
|
<a id='L873' name='L873'></a><p class="Pp">The &quot;Edit extension file&quot; command allows you to specify
|
|
<a id='L874' name='L874'></a> programs to executed when you try to execute, view, edit and do a bunch of
|
|
<a id='L875' name='L875'></a> other thing on files with certain extensions (filename endings).</p>
|
|
<a id='L876' name='L876'></a><p class="Pp">The &quot;Edit Menu File&quot; command may be used for editing the
|
|
<a id='L877' name='L877'></a> user menu (which appears by pressing F2).</p>
|
|
<a id='L878' name='L878'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L879' name='L879'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L880' name='L880'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Directory_Tree"><a class="permalink" href="#Directory_Tree">
|
|
<a id='L881' name='L881'></a> Directory Tree</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L882' name='L882'></a><p class="Pp">The Directory Tree command shows a tree figure of the directories.
|
|
<a id='L883' name='L883'></a> You can select a directory from the figure and Midnight Commander will
|
|
<a id='L884' name='L884'></a> change to that directory.</p>
|
|
<a id='L885' name='L885'></a><p class="Pp">There are two ways to invoke the tree. The real directory tree
|
|
<a id='L886' name='L886'></a> command is available from Commands menu. The other way is to select tree
|
|
<a id='L887' name='L887'></a> view from the Left or Right menu.</p>
|
|
<a id='L888' name='L888'></a><p class="Pp">To get rid of long delays, Midnight Commander creates the tree
|
|
<a id='L889' name='L889'></a> figure by scanning only a small subset of all the directories. If the
|
|
<a id='L890' name='L890'></a> directory which you want to see is missing, move to its parent directory and
|
|
<a id='L891' name='L891'></a> press C-r (or F2).</p>
|
|
<a id='L892' name='L892'></a><p class="Pp">You can use the following keys:</p>
|
|
<a id='L893' name='L893'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L894' name='L894'></a> <dt id="General"><a class="permalink" href="#General">General movement
|
|
<a id='L895' name='L895'></a> keys</a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L896' name='L896'></a> <dd>are accepted.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L897' name='L897'></a> <dt id="Enter."><a class="permalink" href="#Enter."><b>Enter.</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L898' name='L898'></a> <dd>In the directory tree, exits the directory tree and changes to this
|
|
<a id='L899' name='L899'></a> directory in the current panel. In the tree view, changes to this
|
|
<a id='L900' name='L900'></a> directory in the other panel and stays in tree view mode in the current
|
|
<a id='L901' name='L901'></a> panel.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L902' name='L902'></a> <dt id="C~30"><a class="permalink" href="#C~30"><b>C-r, F2
|
|
<a id='L903' name='L903'></a> (Rescan).</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L904' name='L904'></a> <dd>Rescan this directory. Use this when the tree figure is out of date: it is
|
|
<a id='L905' name='L905'></a> missing subdirectories or shows some subdirectories which don't exist any
|
|
<a id='L906' name='L906'></a> more.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L907' name='L907'></a> <dt id="F3"><a class="permalink" href="#F3"><b>F3 (Forget).</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L908' name='L908'></a> <dd>Delete this directory from the tree figure. Use this to remove clutter
|
|
<a id='L909' name='L909'></a> from the figure. If you want the directory back to the tree figure press
|
|
<a id='L910' name='L910'></a> F2 in its parent directory.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L911' name='L911'></a> <dt><b>F4 (Static/Dynamic).</b></dt>
|
|
<a id='L912' name='L912'></a> <dd>Toggle between the dynamic navigation mode (default) and the static
|
|
<a id='L913' name='L913'></a> navigation mode.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L914' name='L914'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L915' name='L915'></a><p class="Pp">In the static navigation mode you can use the Up and Down keys to
|
|
<a id='L916' name='L916'></a> select a directory. All known directories are shown.</p>
|
|
<a id='L917' name='L917'></a><p class="Pp">In the dynamic navigation mode you can use the Up and Down keys to
|
|
<a id='L918' name='L918'></a> select a sibling directory, the Left key to move to the parent directory,
|
|
<a id='L919' name='L919'></a> and the Right key to move to a child directory. Only the parent, sibling and
|
|
<a id='L920' name='L920'></a> children directories are shown, others are left out. The tree figure changes
|
|
<a id='L921' name='L921'></a> dynamically as you traverse.</p>
|
|
<a id='L922' name='L922'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L923' name='L923'></a> <dt><b>F5 (Copy).</b></dt>
|
|
<a id='L924' name='L924'></a> <dd>Copy the directory.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L925' name='L925'></a> <dt id="F6"><a class="permalink" href="#F6"><b>F6 (RenMov).</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L926' name='L926'></a> <dd>Move the directory.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L927' name='L927'></a> <dt><b>F7 (Mkdir).</b></dt>
|
|
<a id='L928' name='L928'></a> <dd>Make a new directory below this directory.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L929' name='L929'></a> <dt><b>F8 (Delete).</b></dt>
|
|
<a id='L930' name='L930'></a> <dd>Delete this directory from the file system.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L931' name='L931'></a> <dt id="C~31"><a class="permalink" href="#C~31"><b>C-s, Alt-s.</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L932' name='L932'></a> <dd>Search the next directory matching the search string. If there is no such
|
|
<a id='L933' name='L933'></a> directory these keys will move one line down.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L934' name='L934'></a> <dt id="C~32"><a class="permalink" href="#C~32"><b>C-h,
|
|
<a id='L935' name='L935'></a> Backspace.</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L936' name='L936'></a> <dd>Delete the last character of the search string.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L937' name='L937'></a> <dt id="Any"><a class="permalink" href="#Any"><b>Any other
|
|
<a id='L938' name='L938'></a> character.</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L939' name='L939'></a> <dd>Add the character to the search string and move to the next directory
|
|
<a id='L940' name='L940'></a> which starts with these characters. In the tree view you must first
|
|
<a id='L941' name='L941'></a> activate the search mode by pressing C-s. The search string is shown in
|
|
<a id='L942' name='L942'></a> the mini status line.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L943' name='L943'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L944' name='L944'></a><p class="Pp">The following actions are available only in the directory tree.
|
|
<a id='L945' name='L945'></a> They aren't supported in the tree view.</p>
|
|
<a id='L946' name='L946'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L947' name='L947'></a> <dt><b>F1 (Help).</b></dt>
|
|
<a id='L948' name='L948'></a> <dd>Invoke the help viewer and show this section.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L949' name='L949'></a> <dt id="Esc,"><a class="permalink" href="#Esc,"><b>Esc, F10.</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L950' name='L950'></a> <dd>Exit the directory tree. Do not change the directory.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L951' name='L951'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L952' name='L952'></a><p class="Pp">The mouse is supported. A double-click behaves like Enter. See
|
|
<a id='L953' name='L953'></a> also the section on mouse support.</p>
|
|
<a id='L954' name='L954'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L955' name='L955'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L956' name='L956'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Find_File"><a class="permalink" href="#Find_File"> Find
|
|
<a id='L957' name='L957'></a> File</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L958' name='L958'></a><p class="Pp">The Find File feature first asks for the start directory for the
|
|
<a id='L959' name='L959'></a> search and the filename to be searched for. By pressing the Tree button you
|
|
<a id='L960' name='L960'></a> can select the start directory from the directory tree figure.</p>
|
|
<a id='L961' name='L961'></a><p class="Pp">The &quot;File name&quot; input field contains a filename pattern
|
|
<a id='L962' name='L962'></a> to be searched for. It is interpreted as a shell pattern or as a regular
|
|
<a id='L963' name='L963'></a> expression depending on the state of the &quot;Using shell patterns&quot;
|
|
<a id='L964' name='L964'></a> checkbox. An empty value is valid and matches any file name.</p>
|
|
<a id='L965' name='L965'></a><p class="Pp">The &quot;Content&quot; input field contains a string to search
|
|
<a id='L966' name='L966'></a> for within the files. Leave this field empty to disable searching file
|
|
<a id='L967' name='L967'></a> contents.</p>
|
|
<a id='L968' name='L968'></a><p class="Pp">Option &quot;Whole words&quot; allows select only those files
|
|
<a id='L969' name='L969'></a> containing matches that form whole words. Like grep -w.</p>
|
|
<a id='L970' name='L970'></a><p class="Pp">You can start the search by pressing the OK button. During the
|
|
<a id='L971' name='L971'></a> search you can stop from the Stop button and continue from the Start
|
|
<a id='L972' name='L972'></a> button.</p>
|
|
<a id='L973' name='L973'></a><p class="Pp">You can browse the filelist with the up and down arrow keys. The
|
|
<a id='L974' name='L974'></a> Chdir button will change to the directory of the currently selected file.
|
|
<a id='L975' name='L975'></a> The Again button will ask for the parameters for a new search. The Quit
|
|
<a id='L976' name='L976'></a> button quits the search operation. The Panelize button will place the found
|
|
<a id='L977' name='L977'></a> files to the current directory panel so that you can do additional
|
|
<a id='L978' name='L978'></a> operations on them (view, copy, move, delete and so on). To return to the
|
|
<a id='L979' name='L979'></a> normal file listing, change directory to &quot;..&quot;; to see the
|
|
<a id='L980' name='L980'></a> panelized search results again, select the Panelize mode in the Left and
|
|
<a id='L981' name='L981'></a> Right menu.</p>
|
|
<a id='L982' name='L982'></a><p class="Pp">The 'Enable ignore directories' checkbox and input field below it
|
|
<a id='L983' name='L983'></a> allow one to set up the list of directories that should be skip during the
|
|
<a id='L984' name='L984'></a> search files (for example, you may want to avoid searches on a CD-ROM or on
|
|
<a id='L985' name='L985'></a> a NFS directory that is mounted across a slow link). List components must be
|
|
<a id='L986' name='L986'></a> separated with a colon, here is an example:</p>
|
|
<a id='L987' name='L987'></a><p class="Pp"></p>
|
|
<a id='L988' name='L988'></a><pre>/cdrom:/nfs/wuarchive:/afs</pre>
|
|
<a id='L989' name='L989'></a><p class="Pp">Relative paths are supported also. The following example shows how
|
|
<a id='L990' name='L990'></a> to skip special directories of version control systems:</p>
|
|
<a id='L991' name='L991'></a><pre>/cdrom:/nfs/wuarchive:/afs:.svn:.git:CVS</pre>
|
|
<a id='L992' name='L992'></a><p class="Pp">Attention: input field can contain a dot (.), this means the
|
|
<a id='L993' name='L993'></a> current absolute path.</p>
|
|
<a id='L994' name='L994'></a><p class="Pp">You may consider using the External panelize command for some
|
|
<a id='L995' name='L995'></a> operations. Find file command is for simple queries only, while using
|
|
<a id='L996' name='L996'></a> External panelize you can do as mysterious searches as you would like.</p>
|
|
<a id='L997' name='L997'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L998' name='L998'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L999' name='L999'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="External_panelize"><a class="permalink" href="#External_panelize">
|
|
<a id='L1000' name='L1000'></a> External panelize</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L1001' name='L1001'></a><p class="Pp">The External panelize allows you to execute an external program,
|
|
<a id='L1002' name='L1002'></a> and make the output of that program the contents of the current panel.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1003' name='L1003'></a><p class="Pp">For example, if you want to manipulate in one of the panels all
|
|
<a id='L1004' name='L1004'></a> the symbolic links in the current directory, you can use external
|
|
<a id='L1005' name='L1005'></a> panelization to run the following command:</p>
|
|
<a id='L1006' name='L1006'></a><p class="Pp"></p>
|
|
<a id='L1007' name='L1007'></a><pre>find . -type l -print</pre>
|
|
<a id='L1008' name='L1008'></a><p class="Pp">Upon command completion, the directory contents of the panel will
|
|
<a id='L1009' name='L1009'></a> no longer be the directory listing of the current directory, but all the
|
|
<a id='L1010' name='L1010'></a> files that are symbolic links. To return to the normal file listing, change
|
|
<a id='L1011' name='L1011'></a> directory to &quot;..&quot;; to see the command output again, select the
|
|
<a id='L1012' name='L1012'></a> Panelize mode in the Left and Right menu.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1013' name='L1013'></a><p class="Pp">If you want to panelize all of the files that have been downloaded
|
|
<a id='L1014' name='L1014'></a> from your FTP server, you can use this awk command to extract the file name
|
|
<a id='L1015' name='L1015'></a> from the transfer log files:</p>
|
|
<a id='L1016' name='L1016'></a><p class="Pp"></p>
|
|
<a id='L1017' name='L1017'></a><pre>awk '$9 ~! /incoming/ { print $9 }' &lt; /var/log/xferlog</pre>
|
|
<a id='L1018' name='L1018'></a><p class="Pp">You may want to save often used panelize commands under a
|
|
<a id='L1019' name='L1019'></a> descriptive name, so that you can recall them quickly. You do this by typing
|
|
<a id='L1020' name='L1020'></a> the command on the input line and pressing Add new button. Then you enter a
|
|
<a id='L1021' name='L1021'></a> name under which you want the command to be saved. Next time, you just
|
|
<a id='L1022' name='L1022'></a> choose that command from the list and do not have to type it again.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1023' name='L1023'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L1024' name='L1024'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L1025' name='L1025'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Hotlist"><a class="permalink" href="#Hotlist">
|
|
<a id='L1026' name='L1026'></a> Hotlist</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L1027' name='L1027'></a><p class="Pp">The Directory hotlist command shows the labels of the directories
|
|
<a id='L1028' name='L1028'></a> in the directory hotlist. Midnight Commander will change to the directory
|
|
<a id='L1029' name='L1029'></a> corresponding to the selected label. From the hotlist dialog, you can remove
|
|
<a id='L1030' name='L1030'></a> already created label/directory pairs and add new ones. To add new
|
|
<a id='L1031' name='L1031'></a> directories quickly, you can use the Add to hotlist command (C-x h), which
|
|
<a id='L1032' name='L1032'></a> adds the current directory into the directory hotlist, asking just for the
|
|
<a id='L1033' name='L1033'></a> label for the directory.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1034' name='L1034'></a><p class="Pp">This makes cd to often used directories faster. You may consider
|
|
<a id='L1035' name='L1035'></a> using the CDPATH variable as described in internal cd command
|
|
<a id='L1036' name='L1036'></a> description.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1037' name='L1037'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L1038' name='L1038'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L1039' name='L1039'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Edit_Extension_File"><a class="permalink" href="#Edit_Extension_File">
|
|
<a id='L1040' name='L1040'></a> Edit Extension File</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L1041' name='L1041'></a><p class="Pp">This will invoke your editor on the file
|
|
<a id='L1042' name='L1042'></a> <i>~/.config/mc/mc.ext.ini</i>. If this file does not exist and you are not
|
|
<a id='L1043' name='L1043'></a> root, it will be copied from
|
|
<a id='L1044' name='L1044'></a> <i>/__w/mc/mc/install-prefix/etc/mc/mc.ext.ini</i>. If you are root, you can
|
|
<a id='L1045' name='L1045'></a> choose the file to edit: user's <i>~/.config/mc/mc.ext.ini</i> or
|
|
<a id='L1046' name='L1046'></a> system-wide <i>/__w/mc/mc/install-prefix/etc/mc/mc.ext.ini</i>. The format
|
|
<a id='L1047' name='L1047'></a> of this file is described in detail in it.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1048' name='L1048'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L1049' name='L1049'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L1050' name='L1050'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Background_Jobs"><a class="permalink" href="#Background_Jobs">
|
|
<a id='L1051' name='L1051'></a> Background Jobs</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L1052' name='L1052'></a><p class="Pp">This lets you control the state of any background Midnight
|
|
<a id='L1053' name='L1053'></a> Commander process (only copy and move files operations can be done in the
|
|
<a id='L1054' name='L1054'></a> background). You can stop, restart and kill a background job from here.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1055' name='L1055'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L1056' name='L1056'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L1057' name='L1057'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Edit_Menu_File"><a class="permalink" href="#Edit_Menu_File">
|
|
<a id='L1058' name='L1058'></a> Edit Menu File</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L1059' name='L1059'></a><p class="Pp">The user menu is a menu of useful actions that can be customized
|
|
<a id='L1060' name='L1060'></a> by the user. When you access the user menu, the file .mc.menu from the
|
|
<a id='L1061' name='L1061'></a> current directory is used if it exists, but only if it is owned by user or
|
|
<a id='L1062' name='L1062'></a> root and is not world-writable. If no such file found, ~/.config/mc/menu is
|
|
<a id='L1063' name='L1063'></a> tried in the same way, and otherwise mc uses the default system-wide menu
|
|
<a id='L1064' name='L1064'></a> /__w/mc/mc/install-prefix/share/mc/mc.menu.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1065' name='L1065'></a><p class="Pp">The format of the menu file is very simple. Lines that start with
|
|
<a id='L1066' name='L1066'></a> anything but space or tab are considered entries for the menu (in order to
|
|
<a id='L1067' name='L1067'></a> be able to use it like a hot key, the first character should be a letter).
|
|
<a id='L1068' name='L1068'></a> All the lines that start with a space or a tab are the commands that will be
|
|
<a id='L1069' name='L1069'></a> executed when the entry is selected.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1070' name='L1070'></a><p class="Pp">When an option is selected all the command lines of the option are
|
|
<a id='L1071' name='L1071'></a> copied to a temporary file in the temporary directory (usually /usr/tmp) and
|
|
<a id='L1072' name='L1072'></a> then that file is executed. This allows the user to put normal shell
|
|
<a id='L1073' name='L1073'></a> constructs in the menus. Also simple macro substitution takes place before
|
|
<a id='L1074' name='L1074'></a> executing the menu code. For more information, see macro substitution.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1075' name='L1075'></a><p class="Pp">Here is a sample mc.menu file:</p>
|
|
<a id='L1076' name='L1076'></a><p class="Pp"></p>
|
|
<a id='L1077' name='L1077'></a><pre>A Dump the currently selected file
|
|
<a id='L1078' name='L1078'></a> od -c %f
|
|
<a id='L1079' name='L1079'></a>B Edit a bug report and send it to root
|
|
<a id='L1080' name='L1080'></a> I=`mktemp ${MC_TMPDIR:-/tmp}/mail.XXXXXX` || exit 1
|
|
<a id='L1081' name='L1081'></a> vi $I
|
|
<a id='L1082' name='L1082'></a> mail -s &quot;Midnight Commander bug&quot; root &lt; $I
|
|
<a id='L1083' name='L1083'></a> rm -f $I
|
|
<a id='L1084' name='L1084'></a>M Read mail
|
|
<a id='L1085' name='L1085'></a> emacs -f rmail
|
|
<a id='L1086' name='L1086'></a>N Read Usenet news
|
|
<a id='L1087' name='L1087'></a> emacs -f gnus
|
|
<a id='L1088' name='L1088'></a>H Call the info hypertext browser
|
|
<a id='L1089' name='L1089'></a> info
|
|
<a id='L1090' name='L1090'></a>J Copy current directory to other panel recursively
|
|
<a id='L1091' name='L1091'></a> tar cf - . | (cd %D &amp;&amp; tar xvpf -)
|
|
<a id='L1092' name='L1092'></a>K Make a release of the current subdirectory
|
|
<a id='L1093' name='L1093'></a> echo -n &quot;Name of distribution file: &quot;
|
|
<a id='L1094' name='L1094'></a> read tar
|
|
<a id='L1095' name='L1095'></a> ln -s %d `dirname %d`/$tar
|
|
<a id='L1096' name='L1096'></a> cd ..
|
|
<a id='L1097' name='L1097'></a> tar cvhf ${tar}.tar $tar
|
|
<a id='L1098' name='L1098'></a>= f *.tar.gz | f *.tgz &amp; t n
|
|
<a id='L1099' name='L1099'></a>X Extract the contents of a compressed tar file
|
|
<a id='L1100' name='L1100'></a> tar xzvf %f</pre>
|
|
<a id='L1101' name='L1101'></a><p class="Pp"><b>Default Conditions</b></p>
|
|
<a id='L1102' name='L1102'></a><p class="Pp">Each menu entry may be preceded by a condition. The condition must
|
|
<a id='L1103' name='L1103'></a> start from the first column with a '=' character. If the condition is true,
|
|
<a id='L1104' name='L1104'></a> the menu entry will be the default entry.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1105' name='L1105'></a><p class="Pp"></p>
|
|
<a id='L1106' name='L1106'></a><pre>Condition syntax: = &lt;sub-cond&gt;
|
|
<a id='L1107' name='L1107'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L1108' name='L1108'></a> or: = &lt;sub-cond&gt; | &lt;sub-cond&gt; ...
|
|
<a id='L1109' name='L1109'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L1110' name='L1110'></a> or: = &lt;sub-cond&gt; &amp; &lt;sub-cond&gt; ...
|
|
<a id='L1111' name='L1111'></a>Sub-condition is one of following:
|
|
<a id='L1112' name='L1112'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L1113' name='L1113'></a> y &lt;pattern&gt; syntax of current file matching pattern?
|
|
<a id='L1114' name='L1114'></a> (for edit menu only)
|
|
<a id='L1115' name='L1115'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L1116' name='L1116'></a> f &lt;pattern&gt; current file matching pattern?
|
|
<a id='L1117' name='L1117'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L1118' name='L1118'></a> F &lt;pattern&gt; other file matching pattern?
|
|
<a id='L1119' name='L1119'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L1120' name='L1120'></a> d &lt;pattern&gt; current directory matching pattern?
|
|
<a id='L1121' name='L1121'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L1122' name='L1122'></a> D &lt;pattern&gt; other directory matching pattern?
|
|
<a id='L1123' name='L1123'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L1124' name='L1124'></a> t &lt;type&gt; current file of type?
|
|
<a id='L1125' name='L1125'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L1126' name='L1126'></a> T &lt;type&gt; other file of type?
|
|
<a id='L1127' name='L1127'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L1128' name='L1128'></a> x &lt;filename&gt; is it executable filename?
|
|
<a id='L1129' name='L1129'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L1130' name='L1130'></a> ! &lt;sub-cond&gt; negate the result of sub-condition</pre>
|
|
<a id='L1131' name='L1131'></a><p class="Pp">Pattern is a normal shell pattern or a regular expression,
|
|
<a id='L1132' name='L1132'></a> according to the shell patterns option. You can override the global value of
|
|
<a id='L1133' name='L1133'></a> the shell patterns option by writing &quot;shell_patterns=x&quot; on the
|
|
<a id='L1134' name='L1134'></a> first line of the menu file (where &quot;x&quot; is either 0 or 1).</p>
|
|
<a id='L1135' name='L1135'></a><p class="Pp">Type is one or more of the following characters:</p>
|
|
<a id='L1136' name='L1136'></a><p class="Pp"></p>
|
|
<a id='L1137' name='L1137'></a><pre>
|
|
<a id='L1138' name='L1138'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L1139' name='L1139'></a> n not a directory
|
|
<a id='L1140' name='L1140'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L1141' name='L1141'></a> r regular file
|
|
<a id='L1142' name='L1142'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L1143' name='L1143'></a> d directory
|
|
<a id='L1144' name='L1144'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L1145' name='L1145'></a> l link
|
|
<a id='L1146' name='L1146'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L1147' name='L1147'></a> c character device
|
|
<a id='L1148' name='L1148'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L1149' name='L1149'></a> b block device
|
|
<a id='L1150' name='L1150'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L1151' name='L1151'></a> f FIFO (pipe)
|
|
<a id='L1152' name='L1152'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L1153' name='L1153'></a> s socket
|
|
<a id='L1154' name='L1154'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L1155' name='L1155'></a> x executable file
|
|
<a id='L1156' name='L1156'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L1157' name='L1157'></a> t tagged</pre>
|
|
<a id='L1158' name='L1158'></a><p class="Pp">For example 'rlf' means either regular file, link or fifo. The 't'
|
|
<a id='L1159' name='L1159'></a> type is a little special because it acts on the panel instead of the file.
|
|
<a id='L1160' name='L1160'></a> The condition '=t t' is true if there are tagged files in the current panel
|
|
<a id='L1161' name='L1161'></a> and false if not.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1162' name='L1162'></a><p class="Pp">If the condition starts with '=?' instead of '=' a debug trace
|
|
<a id='L1163' name='L1163'></a> will be shown whenever the value of the condition is calculated.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1164' name='L1164'></a><p class="Pp">The conditions are calculated from left to right. This means</p>
|
|
<a id='L1165' name='L1165'></a><pre> = f *.tar.gz | f *.tgz &amp; t n</pre>
|
|
<a id='L1166' name='L1166'></a>is calculated as
|
|
<a id='L1167' name='L1167'></a><pre> ( (f *.tar.gz) | (f *.tgz) ) &amp; (t n)</pre>
|
|
<a id='L1168' name='L1168'></a><p class="Pp">Here is a sample of the use of conditions:</p>
|
|
<a id='L1169' name='L1169'></a><p class="Pp"></p>
|
|
<a id='L1170' name='L1170'></a><pre>= f *.tar.gz | f *.tgz &amp; t n
|
|
<a id='L1171' name='L1171'></a>L List the contents of a compressed tar-archive
|
|
<a id='L1172' name='L1172'></a> gzip -cd %f | tar xvf -</pre>
|
|
<a id='L1173' name='L1173'></a><p class="Pp"><b>Addition Conditions</b></p>
|
|
<a id='L1174' name='L1174'></a><p class="Pp">If the condition begins with '+' (or '+?') instead of '=' (or
|
|
<a id='L1175' name='L1175'></a> '=?') it is an addition condition. If the condition is true the menu entry
|
|
<a id='L1176' name='L1176'></a> will be included in the menu. If the condition is false the menu entry will
|
|
<a id='L1177' name='L1177'></a> not be included in the menu.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1178' name='L1178'></a><p class="Pp">You can combine default and addition conditions by starting
|
|
<a id='L1179' name='L1179'></a> condition with '+=' or '=+' (or '+=?' or '=+?' if you want debug trace). If
|
|
<a id='L1180' name='L1180'></a> you want to use two different conditions, one for adding and another for
|
|
<a id='L1181' name='L1181'></a> defaulting, you can precede a menu entry with two condition lines, one
|
|
<a id='L1182' name='L1182'></a> starting with '+' and another starting with '='.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1183' name='L1183'></a><p class="Pp">Comments are started with '#'. The additional comment lines must
|
|
<a id='L1184' name='L1184'></a> start with '#', space or tab.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1185' name='L1185'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L1186' name='L1186'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L1187' name='L1187'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Options_Menu"><a class="permalink" href="#Options_Menu">
|
|
<a id='L1188' name='L1188'></a> Options Menu</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L1189' name='L1189'></a><p class="Pp">Midnight Commander has some options that may be toggled on and off
|
|
<a id='L1190' name='L1190'></a> in several dialogs which are accessible from this menu. Options are enabled
|
|
<a id='L1191' name='L1191'></a> if they have an asterisk or &quot;x&quot; in front of them.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1192' name='L1192'></a><p class="Pp">The Configuration command pops up a dialog from which you can
|
|
<a id='L1193' name='L1193'></a> change most of settings of Midnight Commander.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1194' name='L1194'></a><p class="Pp">The Layout command pops up a dialog from which you specify a bunch
|
|
<a id='L1195' name='L1195'></a> of options how mc looks like on the screen.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1196' name='L1196'></a><p class="Pp">The Panel options command pops up a dialog from which you specify
|
|
<a id='L1197' name='L1197'></a> options of file manager panels.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1198' name='L1198'></a><p class="Pp">The Confirmation command pops up a dialog from which you specify
|
|
<a id='L1199' name='L1199'></a> which actions you want to confirm.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1200' name='L1200'></a><p class="Pp">The Appearance command pops up a dialog from which you specify the
|
|
<a id='L1201' name='L1201'></a> skin.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1202' name='L1202'></a><p class="Pp">The Learn keys command pops up a dialog from which you test some
|
|
<a id='L1203' name='L1203'></a> keys which are not working on some terminals and you may fix them.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1204' name='L1204'></a><p class="Pp">The Virtual FS command pops up a dialog from which you specify
|
|
<a id='L1205' name='L1205'></a> some VFS related options.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1206' name='L1206'></a><p class="Pp">The Save setup command saves the current settings of the Left,
|
|
<a id='L1207' name='L1207'></a> Right and Options menus. A small number of other settings is saved, too.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1208' name='L1208'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L1209' name='L1209'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L1210' name='L1210'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Configuration"><a class="permalink" href="#Configuration">
|
|
<a id='L1211' name='L1211'></a> Configuration</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L1212' name='L1212'></a><p class="Pp">The options in this dialog are divided into several groups:
|
|
<a id='L1213' name='L1213'></a> &quot;File operation options&quot;, &quot;Esc key mode&quot;, &quot;Pause
|
|
<a id='L1214' name='L1214'></a> after run&quot; and &quot;Other options&quot;.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1215' name='L1215'></a><p class="Pp"><b>File operation options</b></p>
|
|
<a id='L1216' name='L1216'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Verbose operation.</i> This toggles whether the file Copy,
|
|
<a id='L1217' name='L1217'></a> Rename and Delete operations are verbose (i.e., display a dialog box for
|
|
<a id='L1218' name='L1218'></a> each operation). If you have a slow terminal, you may wish to disable the
|
|
<a id='L1219' name='L1219'></a> verbose operation. It is automatically turned off if the speed of your
|
|
<a id='L1220' name='L1220'></a> terminal is less than 9600 bps.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1221' name='L1221'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Compute totals.</i> If this option is enabled, Midnight
|
|
<a id='L1222' name='L1222'></a> Commander computes total byte sizes and total number of files prior to any
|
|
<a id='L1223' name='L1223'></a> Copy, Rename and Delete operations. This will provide you with a more
|
|
<a id='L1224' name='L1224'></a> accurate progress bar at the expense of some speed. This option has no
|
|
<a id='L1225' name='L1225'></a> effect, if <i>Verbose operation</i> is disabled.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1226' name='L1226'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Classic progressbar.</i> If this option is enabled, the
|
|
<a id='L1227' name='L1227'></a> progressbar of Copy/Move/Delete operations is always grown form left to
|
|
<a id='L1228' name='L1228'></a> right. If disabled, the growing direction of progressbar follows to
|
|
<a id='L1229' name='L1229'></a> direction of Copy/Move/Delete operation: from left panel to right one and
|
|
<a id='L1230' name='L1230'></a> vice versa. Enabled by default.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1231' name='L1231'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Mkdir autoname.</i> When you press F7 to create a new
|
|
<a id='L1232' name='L1232'></a> directory, the input line in popup dialog will be filled by name of current
|
|
<a id='L1233' name='L1233'></a> file or directory in active panel. Disabled by default.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1234' name='L1234'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Preallocate space.</i> Preallocate space for whole target file,
|
|
<a id='L1235' name='L1235'></a> if possible, before copy operation. Disabled by default.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1236' name='L1236'></a><p class="Pp"><b>Esc key mode.</b></p>
|
|
<a id='L1237' name='L1237'></a><p class="Pp">By default, Midnight Commander treats the Esc key as a key prefix.
|
|
<a id='L1238' name='L1238'></a> Therefore, you should press Esc code twice to exit a dialog. But there is a
|
|
<a id='L1239' name='L1239'></a> possibility to use a single press of Esc key for that action.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1240' name='L1240'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Single press.</i> By default this option is disabled. If you'll
|
|
<a id='L1241' name='L1241'></a> enable it, the Esc key will act as a prefix key for set up time interval
|
|
<a id='L1242' name='L1242'></a> (see <i>Timeout</i> option below), and if no extra keys have arrived, then
|
|
<a id='L1243' name='L1243'></a> the Esc key is interpreted as a cancel key (Esc Esc).</p>
|
|
<a id='L1244' name='L1244'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Timeout.</i> This options is used to setup the time interval
|
|
<a id='L1245' name='L1245'></a> (in microseconds) for single press of Esc key. By default, this interval is
|
|
<a id='L1246' name='L1246'></a> one second (1000000 microseconds). Also the timeout can be set via
|
|
<a id='L1247' name='L1247'></a> KEYBOARD_KEY_TIMEOUT_US environment variable (also in microseconds), which
|
|
<a id='L1248' name='L1248'></a> has higher priority than Timeout option value.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1249' name='L1249'></a><p class="Pp"><b>Pause after run</b></p>
|
|
<a id='L1250' name='L1250'></a><p class="Pp">After executing your commands, Midnight Commander can pause, so
|
|
<a id='L1251' name='L1251'></a> that you can examine the output of the command. There are three possible
|
|
<a id='L1252' name='L1252'></a> settings for this variable:</p>
|
|
<a id='L1253' name='L1253'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Never.</i> Means that you do not want to see the output of your
|
|
<a id='L1254' name='L1254'></a> command. If you are using the Linux or FreeBSD console or an xterm, you will
|
|
<a id='L1255' name='L1255'></a> be able to see the output of the command by typing C-o.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1256' name='L1256'></a><p class="Pp"><i>On dumb terminals.</i> You will get the pause message on
|
|
<a id='L1257' name='L1257'></a> terminals that are not capable of showing the output of the last command
|
|
<a id='L1258' name='L1258'></a> executed (any terminal that is not an xterm or the Linux console).</p>
|
|
<a id='L1259' name='L1259'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Always.</i> The program will pause after executing all of your
|
|
<a id='L1260' name='L1260'></a> commands.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1261' name='L1261'></a><p class="Pp"><b>Other options</b></p>
|
|
<a id='L1262' name='L1262'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Use internal editor.</i> If this option is enabled, the
|
|
<a id='L1263' name='L1263'></a> built-in file editor is used to edit files. If the option is disabled, the
|
|
<a id='L1264' name='L1264'></a> editor specified in the <b>EDITOR</b> environment variable is used. If no
|
|
<a id='L1265' name='L1265'></a> editor is specified, <b>vi</b> is used. See the section on the internal file
|
|
<a id='L1266' name='L1266'></a> editor.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1267' name='L1267'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Use internal viewer.</i> If this option is enabled, the
|
|
<a id='L1268' name='L1268'></a> built-in file viewer is used to view files. If the option is disabled, the
|
|
<a id='L1269' name='L1269'></a> pager specified in the <b>PAGER</b> environment variable is used. If no
|
|
<a id='L1270' name='L1270'></a> pager is specified, the <b>view</b> command is used. See the section on the
|
|
<a id='L1271' name='L1271'></a> internal file viewer.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1272' name='L1272'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Ask new file name.</i> If this option is enabled, file name is
|
|
<a id='L1273' name='L1273'></a> asked before open new file in editor.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1274' name='L1274'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Auto menus.</i> If this option is enabled, the user menu will
|
|
<a id='L1275' name='L1275'></a> be invoked at startup. Useful for building menus for non-unixers.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1276' name='L1276'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Drop down menus.</i> When this option is enabled, the pull down
|
|
<a id='L1277' name='L1277'></a> menus will be activated as soon as you press the F9 key. Otherwise, you will
|
|
<a id='L1278' name='L1278'></a> only get the menu title, and you will have to activate the menu either with
|
|
<a id='L1279' name='L1279'></a> the arrow keys or with the hotkeys. It is recommended if you are using
|
|
<a id='L1280' name='L1280'></a> hotkeys.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1281' name='L1281'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Shell Patterns.</i> By default the Select, Unselect and Filter
|
|
<a id='L1282' name='L1282'></a> commands will use shell-like regular expressions. The following conversions
|
|
<a id='L1283' name='L1283'></a> are performed to achieve this: the '*' is replaced by '.*' (zero or more
|
|
<a id='L1284' name='L1284'></a> characters); the '?' is replaced by '.' (exactly one character) and '.' by
|
|
<a id='L1285' name='L1285'></a> the literal dot. If the option is disabled, then the regular expressions are
|
|
<a id='L1286' name='L1286'></a> the ones described in ed(1).</p>
|
|
<a id='L1287' name='L1287'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Complete: show all.</i> By default, Midnight Commander pops up
|
|
<a id='L1288' name='L1288'></a> all possible completions if the completion is ambiguous only when you press
|
|
<a id='L1289' name='L1289'></a> <b>Alt-Tab</b> for the second time. For the first time, it just completes as
|
|
<a id='L1290' name='L1290'></a> much as possible and beeps in the case of ambiguity. Enable this option if
|
|
<a id='L1291' name='L1291'></a> you want to see all possible completions even after pressing <b>Alt-Tab</b>
|
|
<a id='L1292' name='L1292'></a> the first time.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1293' name='L1293'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Rotating dash.</i> If this option is enabled, the Midnight
|
|
<a id='L1294' name='L1294'></a> Commander shows a rotating dash in the upper right corner as a work in
|
|
<a id='L1295' name='L1295'></a> progress indicator.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1296' name='L1296'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Cd follows links.</i> This option, if set, causes Midnight
|
|
<a id='L1297' name='L1297'></a> Commander to follow the logical chain of directories when changing current
|
|
<a id='L1298' name='L1298'></a> directory either in the panels, or using the cd command. This is the default
|
|
<a id='L1299' name='L1299'></a> behavior of bash. When unset, Midnight Commander follows the real directory
|
|
<a id='L1300' name='L1300'></a> structure, so cd .. if you've entered that directory through a link will
|
|
<a id='L1301' name='L1301'></a> move you to the current directory's real parent and not to the directory
|
|
<a id='L1302' name='L1302'></a> where the link was present.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1303' name='L1303'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Safe delete.</i> If this option is enabled, deleting files and
|
|
<a id='L1304' name='L1304'></a> directory hotlist entries unintentionally becomes more difficult. The
|
|
<a id='L1305' name='L1305'></a> default selection in the confirmation dialogs for deletion changes from
|
|
<a id='L1306' name='L1306'></a> <b>Yes</b> to <b>No</b>. This option is disabled by default.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1307' name='L1307'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Safe overwrite.</i> If this option is enabled, overwriting
|
|
<a id='L1308' name='L1308'></a> files unintentionally becomes more difficult. The default selection in the
|
|
<a id='L1309' name='L1309'></a> overwrite confirmation dialog changes from <b>Yes</b> to <b>No</b>. This
|
|
<a id='L1310' name='L1310'></a> option is disabled by default.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1311' name='L1311'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Auto save setup.</i> If this option is enabled, when you exit
|
|
<a id='L1312' name='L1312'></a> Midnight Commander, the configurable options of Midnight Commander are saved
|
|
<a id='L1313' name='L1313'></a> in the ~/.config/mc/ini file.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1314' name='L1314'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L1315' name='L1315'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L1316' name='L1316'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Layout"><a class="permalink" href="#Layout"> Layout</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L1317' name='L1317'></a><p class="Pp">The layout dialog gives you a possibility to change the general
|
|
<a id='L1318' name='L1318'></a> layout of screen. The options in this dialog are divided into several
|
|
<a id='L1319' name='L1319'></a> groups: &quot;Panel split&quot;, &quot;Console output&quot; and &quot;Other
|
|
<a id='L1320' name='L1320'></a> options&quot;.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1321' name='L1321'></a><p class="Pp"><b>Panel split</b></p>
|
|
<a id='L1322' name='L1322'></a><p class="Pp">The rest of the screen area is used for the two directory panels.
|
|
<a id='L1323' name='L1323'></a> You can specify whether the area is split to the panels in <i>Vertical</i>
|
|
<a id='L1324' name='L1324'></a> or <i>Horizontal</i> direction. Panel layout can be changed using Alt-,
|
|
<a id='L1325' name='L1325'></a> (Alt-comma) shortcut.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1326' name='L1326'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Equal split.</i> By default, panels have equal sizes. Using
|
|
<a id='L1327' name='L1327'></a> this option you can specify an unequal split.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1328' name='L1328'></a><p class="Pp"><b>Console output</b></p>
|
|
<a id='L1329' name='L1329'></a><p class="Pp">On the Linux or FreeBSD console you can specify how many lines are
|
|
<a id='L1330' name='L1330'></a> shown in the output window. This option is available if Midnight Commander
|
|
<a id='L1331' name='L1331'></a> runs on native console only.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1332' name='L1332'></a><p class="Pp"><b>Other options</b></p>
|
|
<a id='L1333' name='L1333'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Menu bar visible.</i> If enabled, main menu of Midnight
|
|
<a id='L1334' name='L1334'></a> Commander is always visible on the top row of screen above panels. Enabled
|
|
<a id='L1335' name='L1335'></a> by default.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1336' name='L1336'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Command prompt.</i> If enabled, command line is available.
|
|
<a id='L1337' name='L1337'></a> Enabled by default.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1338' name='L1338'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Keybar visible.</i> If enabled, 10 labels associated with
|
|
<a id='L1339' name='L1339'></a> F1-F10 keys are located at the bottom row of screen. Enabled by default.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1340' name='L1340'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Hintbar visible.</i> If enabled, the one-line hints are visible
|
|
<a id='L1341' name='L1341'></a> below panels. Enabled by default.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1342' name='L1342'></a><p class="Pp"><i>XTerm window title.</i> When run in a terminal emulator for
|
|
<a id='L1343' name='L1343'></a> X11, Midnight Commander sets the terminal window title to the current
|
|
<a id='L1344' name='L1344'></a> working directory and updates it when necessary. If your terminal emulator
|
|
<a id='L1345' name='L1345'></a> is broken and you see some incorrect output on startup and directory change,
|
|
<a id='L1346' name='L1346'></a> turn off this option. Enabled by default.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1347' name='L1347'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Show free space.</i> If enabled, free space and total space of
|
|
<a id='L1348' name='L1348'></a> current file system is shown at the bottom frame of panel. Enabled by
|
|
<a id='L1349' name='L1349'></a> default.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1350' name='L1350'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L1351' name='L1351'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L1352' name='L1352'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Panel_options"><a class="permalink" href="#Panel_options">
|
|
<a id='L1353' name='L1353'></a> Panel options</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L1354' name='L1354'></a><p class="Pp"><b>Main panel options</b></p>
|
|
<a id='L1355' name='L1355'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Show mini-status.</i> If enabled, one line of status
|
|
<a id='L1356' name='L1356'></a> information about the currently selected item is shown at the bottom of the
|
|
<a id='L1357' name='L1357'></a> panels. Enabled by default.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1358' name='L1358'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Use SI size units.</i> If this option is enabled, Midnight
|
|
<a id='L1359' name='L1359'></a> Commander will use SI prefixes (base 10) when displaying any byte sizes. If
|
|
<a id='L1360' name='L1360'></a> disabled (default), Midnight Commander will use IEC prefixes (base 2).</p>
|
|
<a id='L1361' name='L1361'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Mix all files.</i> If this option is enabled, all files and
|
|
<a id='L1362' name='L1362'></a> directories are shown mixed together. If the option is disabled (default),
|
|
<a id='L1363' name='L1363'></a> directories (and links to directories) are shown at the beginning of the
|
|
<a id='L1364' name='L1364'></a> listing, and other files below.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1365' name='L1365'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Show backup files.</i> If enabled, Midnight Commander will show
|
|
<a id='L1366' name='L1366'></a> files ending with a tilde. Otherwise, they won't be shown (like GNU's ls
|
|
<a id='L1367' name='L1367'></a> option -B). Enabled by default.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1368' name='L1368'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Show hidden files.</i> If enabled, Midnight Commander will show
|
|
<a id='L1369' name='L1369'></a> all files that start with a dot (like ls -a). Disabled by default.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1370' name='L1370'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Fast directory reload.</i> If this option is enabled, Midnight
|
|
<a id='L1371' name='L1371'></a> Commander will use a trick to determine if the directory contents have
|
|
<a id='L1372' name='L1372'></a> changed. The trick is to reload the directory only if the i-node of the
|
|
<a id='L1373' name='L1373'></a> directory has changed; this means that reloads only happen when files are
|
|
<a id='L1374' name='L1374'></a> created or deleted. If what changes is the i-node for a file in the
|
|
<a id='L1375' name='L1375'></a> directory (file size changes, mode or owner changes, etc) the display is not
|
|
<a id='L1376' name='L1376'></a> updated. In these cases, if you have the option on, you have to rescan the
|
|
<a id='L1377' name='L1377'></a> directory manually (with C-r). Disabled by default.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1378' name='L1378'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Mark moves down.</i> If enabled, the selection bar will move
|
|
<a id='L1379' name='L1379'></a> down when you mark a file (with Insert key). Enabled by default.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1380' name='L1380'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Reverse files only.</i> If enabled, 'Invert selection' in the
|
|
<a id='L1381' name='L1381'></a> File menu will apply to only files rather than to both files and
|
|
<a id='L1382' name='L1382'></a> directories. Enabled by default.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1383' name='L1383'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Simple swap.</i> If both panels contain file listing, simple
|
|
<a id='L1384' name='L1384'></a> swap means that panels exchange its screen positions: left panel become
|
|
<a id='L1385' name='L1385'></a> right one, and vice versa. If this option is unchecked, file listing panels
|
|
<a id='L1386' name='L1386'></a> exchange its content keeping listing format and sort options. Unchecked by
|
|
<a id='L1387' name='L1387'></a> default.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1388' name='L1388'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Auto save panels setup.</i> If this option is enabled, when you
|
|
<a id='L1389' name='L1389'></a> exit Midnight Commander, the current settings of panels are saved in the
|
|
<a id='L1390' name='L1390'></a> ~/.config/mc/panels.ini file. Disabled by default.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1391' name='L1391'></a><p class="Pp"><b>Navigation</b></p>
|
|
<a id='L1392' name='L1392'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Lynx-like motion.</i> If this option is enabled, you may use
|
|
<a id='L1393' name='L1393'></a> the arrows keys to automatically chdir if the current selection is a
|
|
<a id='L1394' name='L1394'></a> subdirectory and the shell command line is empty. By default, this setting
|
|
<a id='L1395' name='L1395'></a> is off.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1396' name='L1396'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Page scrolling.</i> If set (the default), panel will scroll by
|
|
<a id='L1397' name='L1397'></a> half the display when the cursor reaches the end or the beginning of the
|
|
<a id='L1398' name='L1398'></a> panel, otherwise it will just scroll a file at a time.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1399' name='L1399'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Center scrolling.</i> If set, panel will scroll when the cursor
|
|
<a id='L1400' name='L1400'></a> reaches the middle of the panel column, only hitting the top or bottom of
|
|
<a id='L1401' name='L1401'></a> the panel when actually on the first or last file. This behavior applies
|
|
<a id='L1402' name='L1402'></a> when scrolling one file at a time, and does not apply to the page up/down
|
|
<a id='L1403' name='L1403'></a> keys.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1404' name='L1404'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Mouse page scrolling.</i> Controls whenever scrolling with the
|
|
<a id='L1405' name='L1405'></a> mouse wheel is done by pages or line by line on the panels.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1406' name='L1406'></a><p class="Pp"><b>File highlight</b></p>
|
|
<a id='L1407' name='L1407'></a><p class="Pp">You can specify whether <i>permissions</i> and <i>file types</i>
|
|
<a id='L1408' name='L1408'></a> should be highlighted with distinctive Colors. If the permission
|
|
<a id='L1409' name='L1409'></a> highlighting is enabled, the parts of the <i>perm</i> and <i>mode</i>
|
|
<a id='L1410' name='L1410'></a> display fields which apply to the user running Midnight Commander are
|
|
<a id='L1411' name='L1411'></a> highlighted with the color defined by the <i>selected</i> keyword. If the
|
|
<a id='L1412' name='L1412'></a> file type highlighting is enabled, file names are colored according to rules
|
|
<a id='L1413' name='L1413'></a> described in /__w/mc/mc/install-prefix/etc/mc/filehighlight.ini file. See
|
|
<a id='L1414' name='L1414'></a> Filenames Highlight for more info.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1415' name='L1415'></a><p class="Pp"><b>Quick search</b></p>
|
|
<a id='L1416' name='L1416'></a><p class="Pp">You can specify how the Quick search mode should work: case
|
|
<a id='L1417' name='L1417'></a> insensitively, case sensitively or be matched to the panel sort order: case
|
|
<a id='L1418' name='L1418'></a> sensitive or not.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1419' name='L1419'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L1420' name='L1420'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L1421' name='L1421'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Confirmation"><a class="permalink" href="#Confirmation">
|
|
<a id='L1422' name='L1422'></a> Confirmation</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L1423' name='L1423'></a><p class="Pp">In this dialog you configure the confirmation options for file
|
|
<a id='L1424' name='L1424'></a> deletion, overwriting files, execution by pressing enter, quitting the
|
|
<a id='L1425' name='L1425'></a> program, directory hotlist entries deletion and history cleanup.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1426' name='L1426'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L1427' name='L1427'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L1428' name='L1428'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Appearance"><a class="permalink" href="#Appearance">
|
|
<a id='L1429' name='L1429'></a> Appearance</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L1430' name='L1430'></a><p class="Pp">In this dialog you can select the skin to be used and enable
|
|
<a id='L1431' name='L1431'></a> shadow for dialogs and drop down menus.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1432' name='L1432'></a><p class="Pp">See the Skins section for technical details about the skin
|
|
<a id='L1433' name='L1433'></a> definition files.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1434' name='L1434'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Shadows.</i> If this option is enabled, all dialogs and drop
|
|
<a id='L1435' name='L1435'></a> down menus will have a shadow.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1436' name='L1436'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L1437' name='L1437'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L1438' name='L1438'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Learn_keys"><a class="permalink" href="#Learn_keys"> Learn
|
|
<a id='L1439' name='L1439'></a> keys</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L1440' name='L1440'></a><p class="Pp">This dialog allows you to test and redefine functional keys,
|
|
<a id='L1441' name='L1441'></a> cursor arrows and some other keys to make them work properly on your
|
|
<a id='L1442' name='L1442'></a> terminal. They often don't, since many terminal databases are incomplete or
|
|
<a id='L1443' name='L1443'></a> broken.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1444' name='L1444'></a><p class="Pp">You can move around with the Tab key and with the vi moving keys
|
|
<a id='L1445' name='L1445'></a> ('h' left, 'j' down, 'k' up and 'l' right). Once you press any cursor
|
|
<a id='L1446' name='L1446'></a> movement key and it is recognized, you can use that key as well.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1447' name='L1447'></a><p class="Pp">You can test keys just by pressing each of them. When you press a
|
|
<a id='L1448' name='L1448'></a> key and it is recognized properly, OK should appear next to the name of that
|
|
<a id='L1449' name='L1449'></a> key. Once a key is marked OK it starts working as usually, e.g. F1 pressed
|
|
<a id='L1450' name='L1450'></a> the first time will just check that the F1 key works, but after that it will
|
|
<a id='L1451' name='L1451'></a> show help. The same applies to the arrow keys. The Tab key should be working
|
|
<a id='L1452' name='L1452'></a> always.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1453' name='L1453'></a><p class="Pp">If some keys do not work properly then you won't see OK appear
|
|
<a id='L1454' name='L1454'></a> after pressing one of these. Then you may want to redefine it. Do it by
|
|
<a id='L1455' name='L1455'></a> pressing the button with the name of that key (either by the mouse or by
|
|
<a id='L1456' name='L1456'></a> Enter or Space after selecting the button with Tab or arrows). Then a
|
|
<a id='L1457' name='L1457'></a> message box will appear asking you to press that key. Do it and wait until
|
|
<a id='L1458' name='L1458'></a> the message box disappears. If you want to abort, just press Escape once and
|
|
<a id='L1459' name='L1459'></a> wait.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1460' name='L1460'></a><p class="Pp">When you finish with all the keys, you can Save them. The
|
|
<a id='L1461' name='L1461'></a> definitions for the keys you have redefined will be written into the
|
|
<a id='L1462' name='L1462'></a> [terminal:TERM] section of your ~/.config/mc/ini file (where TERM is the
|
|
<a id='L1463' name='L1463'></a> name of your current terminal). The definitions of the keys that were
|
|
<a id='L1464' name='L1464'></a> already working properly are not saved.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1465' name='L1465'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L1466' name='L1466'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L1467' name='L1467'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Virtual_FS"><a class="permalink" href="#Virtual_FS"> Virtual
|
|
<a id='L1468' name='L1468'></a> FS</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L1469' name='L1469'></a><p class="Pp">This option gives you control over the settings of the Virtual
|
|
<a id='L1470' name='L1470'></a> File System.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1471' name='L1471'></a><p class="Pp">Midnight Commander keeps in memory the information related to some
|
|
<a id='L1472' name='L1472'></a> of the virtual file systems to speed up the access to the files in the file
|
|
<a id='L1473' name='L1473'></a> system (for example, directory listings fetched from FTP servers).</p>
|
|
<a id='L1474' name='L1474'></a><p class="Pp">Also, in order to access the contents of compressed files (for
|
|
<a id='L1475' name='L1475'></a> example, compressed tar files), Midnight Commander needs to create temporary
|
|
<a id='L1476' name='L1476'></a> uncompressed files on your disk.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1477' name='L1477'></a><p class="Pp">Since both the information in memory and the temporary files on
|
|
<a id='L1478' name='L1478'></a> disk take up resources, you may want to tune the parameters of the cached
|
|
<a id='L1479' name='L1479'></a> information to decrease your resource usage or to maximize the speed of
|
|
<a id='L1480' name='L1480'></a> access to frequently used file systems.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1481' name='L1481'></a><p class="Pp">Because of the format of the tar archives, the <i>Tar
|
|
<a id='L1482' name='L1482'></a> filesystem</i> needs to read the whole file just to load the file entries.
|
|
<a id='L1483' name='L1483'></a> Since most tar files are usually kept compressed (plain tar files are
|
|
<a id='L1484' name='L1484'></a> species in extinction), the tar file system has to uncompress the file on
|
|
<a id='L1485' name='L1485'></a> the disk in a temporary location and then access the uncompressed file as a
|
|
<a id='L1486' name='L1486'></a> regular tar file.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1487' name='L1487'></a><p class="Pp">Now, since we all love to browse files and tar files all over the
|
|
<a id='L1488' name='L1488'></a> disk, it's common that you will leave a tar file and then re-enter it later.
|
|
<a id='L1489' name='L1489'></a> Since decompression is slow, Midnight Commander will cache the information
|
|
<a id='L1490' name='L1490'></a> in memory for a limited time. When the timeout expires, all the resources
|
|
<a id='L1491' name='L1491'></a> associated with the file system are released. The default timeout is set to
|
|
<a id='L1492' name='L1492'></a> one minute.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1493' name='L1493'></a><p class="Pp">The FTP File System (ftpfs) allows you to browse directories on
|
|
<a id='L1494' name='L1494'></a> remote FTP servers. It has several options.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1495' name='L1495'></a><p class="Pp"><i>ftp anonymous password</i> is the password used when you login
|
|
<a id='L1496' name='L1496'></a> as &quot;anonymous&quot;. Some sites require a valid e-mail address. On the
|
|
<a id='L1497' name='L1497'></a> other hand, you probably don't want to give your real e-mail address to
|
|
<a id='L1498' name='L1498'></a> untrusted sites, especially if you are not using spam filtering.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1499' name='L1499'></a><p class="Pp">ftpfs keeps the directory listing it fetches from a FTP server in
|
|
<a id='L1500' name='L1500'></a> a cache. The cache expire time is configurable with the <i>ftpfs directory
|
|
<a id='L1501' name='L1501'></a> cache timeout</i> option. A low value for this option may slow down every
|
|
<a id='L1502' name='L1502'></a> operation on the ftpfs because every operation would require sending a
|
|
<a id='L1503' name='L1503'></a> request to the FTP server.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1504' name='L1504'></a><p class="Pp">You can define an FTP proxy host for doing FTP. Note that most
|
|
<a id='L1505' name='L1505'></a> modern firewalls are fully transparent at least for passive FTP (see below),
|
|
<a id='L1506' name='L1506'></a> so FTP proxies are considered obsolete.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1507' name='L1507'></a><p class="Pp">If <i>Always use ftp proxy</i> is not set, you can use the
|
|
<a id='L1508' name='L1508'></a> exclamation sign to enable proxy for certain hosts. See FTP File System for
|
|
<a id='L1509' name='L1509'></a> examples.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1510' name='L1510'></a><p class="Pp">If this option is set, the program will do two things: consult the
|
|
<a id='L1511' name='L1511'></a> /__w/mc/mc/install-prefix/etc/mc/mc.no_proxy file for lines containing host
|
|
<a id='L1512' name='L1512'></a> names that are local (if the host name starts with a dot, it is assumed to
|
|
<a id='L1513' name='L1513'></a> be a domain) and to assume that any hostnames without dots in their names
|
|
<a id='L1514' name='L1514'></a> are directly accessible. All other hosts will be accessed through the
|
|
<a id='L1515' name='L1515'></a> specified FTP proxy.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1516' name='L1516'></a><p class="Pp">You can enable using <i>~/.netrc</i> file, which keeps login names
|
|
<a id='L1517' name='L1517'></a> and passwords for ftp servers. See netrc (5) for the description of the
|
|
<a id='L1518' name='L1518'></a> .netrc format.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1519' name='L1519'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Use passive mode</i> enables using FTP passive mode, when the
|
|
<a id='L1520' name='L1520'></a> connection for data transfer is initiated by the client, not by the server.
|
|
<a id='L1521' name='L1521'></a> This option is recommended and enabled by default. If this option is turned
|
|
<a id='L1522' name='L1522'></a> off, the data connection is initiated by the server. This may not work with
|
|
<a id='L1523' name='L1523'></a> some firewalls.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1524' name='L1524'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L1525' name='L1525'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L1526' name='L1526'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Save_Setup"><a class="permalink" href="#Save_Setup"> Save
|
|
<a id='L1527' name='L1527'></a> Setup</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L1528' name='L1528'></a><p class="Pp">At startup, Midnight Commander tries to load initialization
|
|
<a id='L1529' name='L1529'></a> information from the ~/.config/mc/ini file. If this file doesn't exist, the
|
|
<a id='L1530' name='L1530'></a> system-wide file <b>/__w/mc/mc/install-prefix/etc/mc/mc.ini</b> is used. If
|
|
<a id='L1531' name='L1531'></a> this file doesn't exist, the system-wide file
|
|
<a id='L1532' name='L1532'></a> <b>/__w/mc/mc/install-prefix/share/mc/mc.ini</b> is used. If this file
|
|
<a id='L1533' name='L1533'></a> doesn't exist, MC uses the default settings.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1534' name='L1534'></a><p class="Pp">The <i>Save Setup</i> command creates the ~/.config/mc/ini file by
|
|
<a id='L1535' name='L1535'></a> saving the current settings of the Left, Right and Options menus.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1536' name='L1536'></a><p class="Pp">If you activate the <i>auto save setup</i> option, MC will always
|
|
<a id='L1537' name='L1537'></a> save the current settings when exiting.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1538' name='L1538'></a><p class="Pp">There also exist settings which can't be changed from the menus.
|
|
<a id='L1539' name='L1539'></a> To change these settings you have to edit the setup file with your favorite
|
|
<a id='L1540' name='L1540'></a> editor. See the section on Special Settings for more information.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1541' name='L1541'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L1542' name='L1542'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L1543' name='L1543'></a><h1 class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L1544' name='L1544'></a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L1545' name='L1545'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L1546' name='L1546'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L1547' name='L1547'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Executing_operating_system_commands"><a class="permalink" href="#Executing_operating_system_commands">Executing
|
|
<a id='L1548' name='L1548'></a> operating system commands</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L1549' name='L1549'></a><p class="Pp">You may execute commands by typing them directly in Midnight
|
|
<a id='L1550' name='L1550'></a> Commander's input line, or by selecting the program you want to execute with
|
|
<a id='L1551' name='L1551'></a> the selection bar in one of the panels and hitting Enter.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1552' name='L1552'></a><p class="Pp">If you press Enter over a file that is not executable, Midnight
|
|
<a id='L1553' name='L1553'></a> Commander checks the extension of the selected file against the extensions
|
|
<a id='L1554' name='L1554'></a> in the Extensions File. If a match is found then the code associated with
|
|
<a id='L1555' name='L1555'></a> that extension is executed. A very simple macro expansion takes place before
|
|
<a id='L1556' name='L1556'></a> executing the command.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1557' name='L1557'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L1558' name='L1558'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L1559' name='L1559'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="The_cd_internal_command"><a class="permalink" href="#The_cd_internal_command">
|
|
<a id='L1560' name='L1560'></a> The cd internal command</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L1561' name='L1561'></a><p class="Pp">The <i>cd</i> command is interpreted by Midnight Commander, it is
|
|
<a id='L1562' name='L1562'></a> not passed to the command shell for execution. Thus it may not handle all of
|
|
<a id='L1563' name='L1563'></a> the nice macro expansion and substitution that your shell does, although it
|
|
<a id='L1564' name='L1564'></a> does some of them:</p>
|
|
<a id='L1565' name='L1565'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Tilde substitution.</i> The (~) will be substituted with your
|
|
<a id='L1566' name='L1566'></a> home directory, if you append a username after the tilde, then it will be
|
|
<a id='L1567' name='L1567'></a> substituted with the login directory of the specified user.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1568' name='L1568'></a><p class="Pp">For example, ~guest is the home directory for the user guest,
|
|
<a id='L1569' name='L1569'></a> while ~/guest is the directory guest in your home directory.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1570' name='L1570'></a><p class="Pp"><i>Previous directory.</i> You can jump to the directory you were
|
|
<a id='L1571' name='L1571'></a> previously by using the special directory name '-' like this: <b>cd
|
|
<a id='L1572' name='L1572'></a> -</b></p>
|
|
<a id='L1573' name='L1573'></a><p class="Pp"><i>CDPATH directories.</i> If the directory specified to the
|
|
<a id='L1574' name='L1574'></a> <b>cd</b> command is not in the current directory, then Midnight Commander
|
|
<a id='L1575' name='L1575'></a> uses the value in the environment variable <b>CDPATH</b> to search for the
|
|
<a id='L1576' name='L1576'></a> directory in any of the named directories.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1577' name='L1577'></a><p class="Pp">For example you could set your <b>CDPATH</b> variable to
|
|
<a id='L1578' name='L1578'></a> ~/src:/usr/src, allowing you to change your directory to any of the
|
|
<a id='L1579' name='L1579'></a> directories inside the ~/src and /usr/src directories, from any place in the
|
|
<a id='L1580' name='L1580'></a> file system by using its relative name (for example cd linux could take you
|
|
<a id='L1581' name='L1581'></a> to /usr/src/linux).</p>
|
|
<a id='L1582' name='L1582'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L1583' name='L1583'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L1584' name='L1584'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Macro_Substitution"><a class="permalink" href="#Macro_Substitution">
|
|
<a id='L1585' name='L1585'></a> Macro Substitution</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L1586' name='L1586'></a><p class="Pp">When accessing a user menu, or executing an extension dependent
|
|
<a id='L1587' name='L1587'></a> command, or running a command from the command line input, a simple macro
|
|
<a id='L1588' name='L1588'></a> substitution takes place.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1589' name='L1589'></a><p class="Pp">The macros are:</p>
|
|
<a id='L1590' name='L1590'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L1591' name='L1591'></a> <dt><i>%i</i></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1592' name='L1592'></a> <dd>The indent of blank space, equal the cursor column position. For edit menu
|
|
<a id='L1593' name='L1593'></a> only.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1594' name='L1594'></a> <dt><i>%y</i></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1595' name='L1595'></a> <dd>The syntax type of current file. For edit menu only.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1596' name='L1596'></a> <dt><i>%b</i></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1597' name='L1597'></a> <dd>The block file name.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1598' name='L1598'></a> <dt><i>%e</i></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1599' name='L1599'></a> <dd>The error file name.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1600' name='L1600'></a> <dt><i>%m</i></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1601' name='L1601'></a> <dd>The current menu name.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1602' name='L1602'></a> <dt><i>%f</i> and <i>%p</i></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1603' name='L1603'></a> <dd>In file manager user menu: the current file name in selected panel. In
|
|
<a id='L1604' name='L1604'></a> mcedit user menu: the name of opened file.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1605' name='L1605'></a> <dt><i>%x</i></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1606' name='L1606'></a> <dd>The extension of current file name.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1607' name='L1607'></a> <dt><i>%n</i></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1608' name='L1608'></a> <dd>The current file name without extension.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1609' name='L1609'></a> <dt><i>%d</i></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1610' name='L1610'></a> <dd>The current directory name.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1611' name='L1611'></a> <dt><i>%F</i></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1612' name='L1612'></a> <dd>The current file in the unselected panel.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1613' name='L1613'></a> <dt><i>%D</i></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1614' name='L1614'></a> <dd>The directory name of the unselected panel.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1615' name='L1615'></a> <dt><i>%t</i></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1616' name='L1616'></a> <dd>The currently tagged files.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1617' name='L1617'></a> <dt><i>%T</i></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1618' name='L1618'></a> <dd>The tagged files in the unselected panel.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1619' name='L1619'></a> <dt><i>%v</i> and <i>%V</i></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1620' name='L1620'></a> <dd>Similar to the %t and %T, but expands to full names of tagged files.
|
|
<a id='L1621' name='L1621'></a> <i>%u</i> and <i>%U</i> Similar to the %t and %T macros, but in addition
|
|
<a id='L1622' name='L1622'></a> the files are untagged. You can use this macro only once per menu file
|
|
<a id='L1623' name='L1623'></a> entry or extension file entry, because next time there will be no tagged
|
|
<a id='L1624' name='L1624'></a> files.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1625' name='L1625'></a> <dt><i>%s</i> and <i>%S</i></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1626' name='L1626'></a> <dd>The selected files: The tagged files if there are any. Otherwise the
|
|
<a id='L1627' name='L1627'></a> current file.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1628' name='L1628'></a> <dt><i>%cd</i></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1629' name='L1629'></a> <dd>This is a special macro that is used to change the current directory to
|
|
<a id='L1630' name='L1630'></a> the directory specified in front of it. This is used primarily as an
|
|
<a id='L1631' name='L1631'></a> interface to the Virtual File System.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1632' name='L1632'></a> <dt><i>%view</i></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1633' name='L1633'></a> <dd>This macro is used to invoke the internal viewer. This macro can be used
|
|
<a id='L1634' name='L1634'></a> alone, or with arguments. If you pass any arguments to this macro, they
|
|
<a id='L1635' name='L1635'></a> should be enclosed in brackets.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1636' name='L1636'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L1637' name='L1637'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L1638' name='L1638'></a> <dt></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1639' name='L1639'></a> <dd>The arguments are: <i>ascii</i> to force the viewer into ascii mode;
|
|
<a id='L1640' name='L1640'></a> <i>hex</i> to force the viewer into hex mode; <i>nroff</i> to tell the
|
|
<a id='L1641' name='L1641'></a> viewer that it should interpret the bold and underline sequences of nroff;
|
|
<a id='L1642' name='L1642'></a> <i>unformatted</i> to tell the viewer to not interpret nroff commands for
|
|
<a id='L1643' name='L1643'></a> making the text bold or underlined.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1644' name='L1644'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L1645' name='L1645'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L1646' name='L1646'></a> <dt><i>%%</i></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1647' name='L1647'></a> <dd>The % character</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1648' name='L1648'></a> <dt><i>%{some text}</i></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1649' name='L1649'></a> <dd>Prompt for the substitution. An input box is shown and the text inside the
|
|
<a id='L1650' name='L1650'></a> braces is used as a prompt. The macro is substituted by the text typed by
|
|
<a id='L1651' name='L1651'></a> the user. The user can press Esc or F10 to cancel. This macro doesn't work
|
|
<a id='L1652' name='L1652'></a> on the command line yet.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1653' name='L1653'></a> <dt><i>%var{ENV:default}</i></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1654' name='L1654'></a> <dd>If environment variable <i>ENV</i> is unset, the <i>default</i> is
|
|
<a id='L1655' name='L1655'></a> substituted. Otherwise, the value of <i>ENV</i> is substituted.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1656' name='L1656'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L1657' name='L1657'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L1658' name='L1658'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L1659' name='L1659'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="The_subshell_support"><a class="permalink" href="#The_subshell_support">
|
|
<a id='L1660' name='L1660'></a> The subshell support</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L1661' name='L1661'></a><p class="Pp">The subshell support is a compile time option, that works with the
|
|
<a id='L1662' name='L1662'></a> shells: bash, ash (BusyBox and Debian), (o/m)ksh, tcsh, zsh and fish.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1663' name='L1663'></a><p class="Pp">When the subshell support is active, Midnight Commander will spawn
|
|
<a id='L1664' name='L1664'></a> a concurrent copy of your shell (the one defined in the <b>SHELL</b>
|
|
<a id='L1665' name='L1665'></a> variable and if it is not defined, then the one in the /etc/passwd file) and
|
|
<a id='L1666' name='L1666'></a> run it in a pseudo terminal, instead of invoking a new shell each time you
|
|
<a id='L1667' name='L1667'></a> execute a command, the command will be passed to the subshell as if you had
|
|
<a id='L1668' name='L1668'></a> typed it. This also allows you to change the environment variables, use
|
|
<a id='L1669' name='L1669'></a> shell functions and define aliases that are valid until you quit Midnight
|
|
<a id='L1670' name='L1670'></a> Commander.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1671' name='L1671'></a><p class="Pp"><b>bash</b> users may specify startup commands in
|
|
<a id='L1672' name='L1672'></a> ~/.local/share/mc/bashrc (fallback ~/.bashrc) and special keyboard maps in
|
|
<a id='L1673' name='L1673'></a> ~/.local/share/mc/inputrc (fallback ~/.inputrc).</p>
|
|
<a id='L1674' name='L1674'></a><p class="Pp"><b>ash/dash</b> users (BusyBox or Debian) may specify startup
|
|
<a id='L1675' name='L1675'></a> commands in ~/.local/share/mc/ashrc (fallback ~/.profile).</p>
|
|
<a id='L1676' name='L1676'></a><p class="Pp"><b>ksh/oksh</b> users (PD ksh variants) may specify startup
|
|
<a id='L1677' name='L1677'></a> commands in ~/.local/share/mc/kshrc (fallback <i>ENV</i> or ~/.profile).</p>
|
|
<a id='L1678' name='L1678'></a><p class="Pp"><b>mksh</b> users (MirBSD ksh) may specify startup commands in
|
|
<a id='L1679' name='L1679'></a> ~/.local/share/mc/mkshrc (fallback <i>ENV</i> or ~/.mkshrc).</p>
|
|
<a id='L1680' name='L1680'></a><p class="Pp"><b>zsh</b> users may specify startup commands in
|
|
<a id='L1681' name='L1681'></a> ~/.local/share/mc/.zshrc (fallback ~/.zshrc).</p>
|
|
<a id='L1682' name='L1682'></a><p class="Pp"><b>tcsh, fish</b> users cannot specify mc-specific startup
|
|
<a id='L1683' name='L1683'></a> commands at present. They have to rely on shell-specific startup files.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1684' name='L1684'></a><p class="Pp">The following paragraphs are relevant only when the subshell
|
|
<a id='L1685' name='L1685'></a> support is active:</p>
|
|
<a id='L1686' name='L1686'></a><p class="Pp">You can suspend applications at any time with the sequence C-o and
|
|
<a id='L1687' name='L1687'></a> jump back to Midnight Commander, if you interrupt an application, you will
|
|
<a id='L1688' name='L1688'></a> not be able to run other external commands until you quit the application
|
|
<a id='L1689' name='L1689'></a> you interrupted.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1690' name='L1690'></a><p class="Pp">The basic prompt displayed by Midnight Commander is of the form
|
|
<a id='L1691' name='L1691'></a> &quot;user@host:current_path$ &quot;. When using a capable shell, like Bash,
|
|
<a id='L1692' name='L1692'></a> the prompt displayed by Midnight Commander will be the same prompt that you
|
|
<a id='L1693' name='L1693'></a> are currently using in your shell.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1694' name='L1694'></a><p class="Pp">(There's a known problem when using fish: the prompt is displayed
|
|
<a id='L1695' name='L1695'></a> only in full screen mode (Ctrl-o), not when the panels are visible.)</p>
|
|
<a id='L1696' name='L1696'></a><p class="Pp">The OPTIONS section has more information on how you can control
|
|
<a id='L1697' name='L1697'></a> subshell usage (-U/-u). Furthermore, to set a specific subshell different
|
|
<a id='L1698' name='L1698'></a> from your current SHELL variable or login shell defined in /etc/passwd, you
|
|
<a id='L1699' name='L1699'></a> may call MC like this: <b>SHELL=/bin/myshell mc</b></p>
|
|
<a id='L1700' name='L1700'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L1701' name='L1701'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L1702' name='L1702'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Chmod"><a class="permalink" href="#Chmod">Chmod</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L1703' name='L1703'></a><p class="Pp">The Chmod window is used to change the attribute bits in a group
|
|
<a id='L1704' name='L1704'></a> of files and directories. It can be invoked with the C-x c key
|
|
<a id='L1705' name='L1705'></a> combination.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1706' name='L1706'></a><p class="Pp">The Chmod window has two parts - <i>Permissions</i> and
|
|
<a id='L1707' name='L1707'></a> <i>File</i>.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1708' name='L1708'></a><p class="Pp">In the File section are displayed the name of the file or
|
|
<a id='L1709' name='L1709'></a> directory and its permissions in octal form, as well as its owner and
|
|
<a id='L1710' name='L1710'></a> group.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1711' name='L1711'></a><p class="Pp">In the Permissions section there is a set of check buttons which
|
|
<a id='L1712' name='L1712'></a> correspond to the file attribute bits. As you change the attribute bits, you
|
|
<a id='L1713' name='L1713'></a> can see the octal value change in the File section.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1714' name='L1714'></a><p class="Pp">To move between the widgets (buttons and check buttons) use the
|
|
<a id='L1715' name='L1715'></a> <i>arrow keys</i> or the <i>Tab</i> key. To change the state of the check
|
|
<a id='L1716' name='L1716'></a> buttons or to select a button use <i>Space.</i> You can also use the hotkeys
|
|
<a id='L1717' name='L1717'></a> on the buttons to quickly activate them. Hotkeys are shown as highlighted
|
|
<a id='L1718' name='L1718'></a> letters on the buttons.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1719' name='L1719'></a><p class="Pp">To set the attribute bits, use the Enter key.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1720' name='L1720'></a><p class="Pp">When working with a group of files or directories, you just click
|
|
<a id='L1721' name='L1721'></a> on the bits you want to set or clear. Once you have selected the bits you
|
|
<a id='L1722' name='L1722'></a> want to change, you select one of the action buttons (Set marked or Clear
|
|
<a id='L1723' name='L1723'></a> marked).</p>
|
|
<a id='L1724' name='L1724'></a><p class="Pp">Finally, to set the attributes exactly to those specified, you can
|
|
<a id='L1725' name='L1725'></a> use the <b>[Set all]</b> button, which will act on all the tagged files.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1726' name='L1726'></a><p class="Pp"><b>[Marked all]</b> set only marked attributes to all selected
|
|
<a id='L1727' name='L1727'></a> files</p>
|
|
<a id='L1728' name='L1728'></a><p class="Pp"><b>[Set marked]</b> set marked bits in attributes of all selected
|
|
<a id='L1729' name='L1729'></a> files</p>
|
|
<a id='L1730' name='L1730'></a><p class="Pp"><b>[Clean marked]</b> clear marked bits in attributes of all
|
|
<a id='L1731' name='L1731'></a> selected files</p>
|
|
<a id='L1732' name='L1732'></a><p class="Pp"><b>[Set]</b> set the attributes of one file</p>
|
|
<a id='L1733' name='L1733'></a><p class="Pp"><b>[Cancel]</b> cancel the Chmod command</p>
|
|
<a id='L1734' name='L1734'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L1735' name='L1735'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L1736' name='L1736'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Chown"><a class="permalink" href="#Chown">Chown</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L1737' name='L1737'></a><p class="Pp">The Chown command is used to change the owner/group of a file. The
|
|
<a id='L1738' name='L1738'></a> hot key for this command is C-x o.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1739' name='L1739'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L1740' name='L1740'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L1741' name='L1741'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Advanced_Chown"><a class="permalink" href="#Advanced_Chown">Advanced
|
|
<a id='L1742' name='L1742'></a> Chown</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L1743' name='L1743'></a><p class="Pp">The Advanced Chown command is the Chmod and Chown command combined
|
|
<a id='L1744' name='L1744'></a> into one window. You can change the permissions and owner/group of files at
|
|
<a id='L1745' name='L1745'></a> once.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1746' name='L1746'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L1747' name='L1747'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L1748' name='L1748'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Chattr"><a class="permalink" href="#Chattr">Chattr</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L1749' name='L1749'></a><p class="Pp">The Chattr window is used to change the attributes of a group of
|
|
<a id='L1750' name='L1750'></a> files and directories on a Linux file system. It can be invoked with the C-x
|
|
<a id='L1751' name='L1751'></a> e key combination.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1752' name='L1752'></a><p class="Pp">Not all attributes are supported or utilized by all filesystems.
|
|
<a id='L1753' name='L1753'></a> List of available attribute flags is represented as a set of check buttons
|
|
<a id='L1754' name='L1754'></a> which correspond to the attribute flags (see <b>chattr(1)</b> for details).
|
|
<a id='L1755' name='L1755'></a> As you change the attribute flags, you can see the symbolic value change
|
|
<a id='L1756' name='L1756'></a> below file name.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1757' name='L1757'></a><p class="Pp">To move between the widgets (buttons and check buttons) use the
|
|
<a id='L1758' name='L1758'></a> <i>arrow keys</i> or the <i>Tab</i> key. To change the state of the check
|
|
<a id='L1759' name='L1759'></a> buttons or to select a button use <b>Space</b>.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1760' name='L1760'></a><p class="Pp">To set the attributes, use the Enter key.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1761' name='L1761'></a><p class="Pp">When working with a group of files or directories, you just click
|
|
<a id='L1762' name='L1762'></a> on the flags you want to set or clear. Once you have selected the flags you
|
|
<a id='L1763' name='L1763'></a> want to change, you select one of the action buttons (Set marked or Clear
|
|
<a id='L1764' name='L1764'></a> marked).</p>
|
|
<a id='L1765' name='L1765'></a><p class="Pp">Finally, to set the attributes exactly to those specified, you can
|
|
<a id='L1766' name='L1766'></a> use the <b>[Set all]</b> button, which will act on all the tagged files.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1767' name='L1767'></a><p class="Pp"><b>[Marked all]</b> set only marked attributes to all selected
|
|
<a id='L1768' name='L1768'></a> files.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1769' name='L1769'></a><p class="Pp"><b>[Set marked]</b> set marked flags in attributes of all selected
|
|
<a id='L1770' name='L1770'></a> files.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1771' name='L1771'></a><p class="Pp"><b>[Clean marked]</b> clear marked flags in attributes of all
|
|
<a id='L1772' name='L1772'></a> selected files.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1773' name='L1773'></a><p class="Pp"><b>[Set]</b> set the attributes of one file.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1774' name='L1774'></a><p class="Pp"><b>[Cancel]</b> cancel the Chattr command.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1775' name='L1775'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L1776' name='L1776'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L1777' name='L1777'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="File_Operations"><a class="permalink" href="#File_Operations">File
|
|
<a id='L1778' name='L1778'></a> Operations</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L1779' name='L1779'></a><p class="Pp">When you copy, move or delete files, Midnight Commander shows the
|
|
<a id='L1780' name='L1780'></a> file operations dialog. It shows the files currently being processed and
|
|
<a id='L1781' name='L1781'></a> uses up to two progress bars. The file bytes bar indicates the percentage of
|
|
<a id='L1782' name='L1782'></a> the current file that has been processed so far. The total bytes bar
|
|
<a id='L1783' name='L1783'></a> indicates the percentage of the total size of the tagged files that has been
|
|
<a id='L1784' name='L1784'></a> handled. Counters that show how many of the tagged files have been handled
|
|
<a id='L1785' name='L1785'></a> are displayed. If the <i>Verbose</i> option is off, the file bytes bar and
|
|
<a id='L1786' name='L1786'></a> total bytes bar are not shown.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1787' name='L1787'></a><p class="Pp">There are three buttons at the bottom of the dialog:</p>
|
|
<a id='L1788' name='L1788'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L1789' name='L1789'></a> <dt><b>[Skip]</b></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1790' name='L1790'></a> <dd>button to skip the rest of the current file.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1791' name='L1791'></a> <dt><b>[Suspend]</b></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1792' name='L1792'></a> <dd>button to suspend the file operation and button transforms to the
|
|
<a id='L1793' name='L1793'></a> <b>[Continue]</b> one which continue the suspended operation.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1794' name='L1794'></a> <dt><b>[Abort]</b></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1795' name='L1795'></a> <dd>button to abort the whole operation, the rest of the files are
|
|
<a id='L1796' name='L1796'></a> skipped.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1797' name='L1797'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L1798' name='L1798'></a><p class="Pp">There are three other dialogs which you can run into during the
|
|
<a id='L1799' name='L1799'></a> file operations.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1800' name='L1800'></a><p class="Pp">The error dialog informs about error conditions and has four
|
|
<a id='L1801' name='L1801'></a> choices:</p>
|
|
<a id='L1802' name='L1802'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L1803' name='L1803'></a> <dt><b>[Ignore]</b></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1804' name='L1804'></a> <dd>button to ignore this error.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1805' name='L1805'></a> <dt><b>[Ignore all]</b></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1806' name='L1806'></a> <dd>button to ignore this and all future errors.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1807' name='L1807'></a> <dt><b>[Abort]</b></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1808' name='L1808'></a> <dd>button to abort the operation altogether.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1809' name='L1809'></a> <dt><b>[Retry]</b></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1810' name='L1810'></a> <dd>button to continue if you fixed the problem from another terminal.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1811' name='L1811'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L1812' name='L1812'></a><p class="Pp">The replace dialog is shown when you attempt to copy or move a
|
|
<a id='L1813' name='L1813'></a> file on the top of an existing file. The dialog shows the dates and sizes of
|
|
<a id='L1814' name='L1814'></a> the both files. There are the following buttons in this dialog:</p>
|
|
<a id='L1815' name='L1815'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L1816' name='L1816'></a> <dt><b>[Yes]</b></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1817' name='L1817'></a> <dd>button to overwrite the file.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1818' name='L1818'></a> <dt><b>[No]</b></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1819' name='L1819'></a> <dd>button to skip the file.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1820' name='L1820'></a> <dt><b>[Append]</b></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1821' name='L1821'></a> <dd>button to append the source file to the target one.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1822' name='L1822'></a> <dt><b>[Reget]</b></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1823' name='L1823'></a> <dd>button to append the rest of the source file to the target one. This
|
|
<a id='L1824' name='L1824'></a> button is displayed only if the size of the target file is non-zero and
|
|
<a id='L1825' name='L1825'></a> less than the size of the source file.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1826' name='L1826'></a> <dt><b>[All]</b></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1827' name='L1827'></a> <dd>button to overwrite all the files.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1828' name='L1828'></a> <dt><b>[Older]</b></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1829' name='L1829'></a> <dd>button to overwrite if the source file is newer than the target file.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1830' name='L1830'></a> <dt><b>[None]</b></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1831' name='L1831'></a> <dd>button to never overwrite files</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1832' name='L1832'></a> <dt><b>[Smaller]</b></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1833' name='L1833'></a> <dd>button to overwrite if the source file size is less than the target
|
|
<a id='L1834' name='L1834'></a> one.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1835' name='L1835'></a> <dt><b>[Size differs]</b></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1836' name='L1836'></a> <dd>button to overwrite files with different sizes.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1837' name='L1837'></a> <dt><b>[Abort]</b></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1838' name='L1838'></a> <dd>button to abort the whole operation.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1839' name='L1839'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L1840' name='L1840'></a><p class="Pp">If the <b>Don't overwrite with zero length file</b> checkbox is
|
|
<a id='L1841' name='L1841'></a> on, the zero-sized source files don't overwrite the non-zero-sized target
|
|
<a id='L1842' name='L1842'></a> files.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1843' name='L1843'></a><p class="Pp">The recursive delete dialog is shown when you try to delete a
|
|
<a id='L1844' name='L1844'></a> directory which is not empty. There are the following buttons in this
|
|
<a id='L1845' name='L1845'></a> dialog:</p>
|
|
<a id='L1846' name='L1846'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L1847' name='L1847'></a> <dt><b>[Yes]</b></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1848' name='L1848'></a> <dd>button to delete the directory recursively.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1849' name='L1849'></a> <dt><b>[No]</b></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1850' name='L1850'></a> <dd>button to skip the directory.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1851' name='L1851'></a> <dt><b>[All]</b></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1852' name='L1852'></a> <dd>button to delete all the directories.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1853' name='L1853'></a> <dt><b>[None]</b></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1854' name='L1854'></a> <dd>button to skip all the non-empty directories.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1855' name='L1855'></a> <dt><b>[Abort]</b></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1856' name='L1856'></a> <dd>button to abort the whole operation.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1857' name='L1857'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L1858' name='L1858'></a><p class="Pp">If you have tagged files and perform an operation on them only the
|
|
<a id='L1859' name='L1859'></a> files on which the operation succeeded are untagged. Failed and skipped
|
|
<a id='L1860' name='L1860'></a> files are left tagged.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1861' name='L1861'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L1862' name='L1862'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L1863' name='L1863'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Mask_Copy/Rename"><a class="permalink" href="#Mask_Copy/Rename">Mask
|
|
<a id='L1864' name='L1864'></a> Copy/Rename</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L1865' name='L1865'></a><p class="Pp">The copy/move operations let you translate the names of files in
|
|
<a id='L1866' name='L1866'></a> an easy way. To do it, you have to specify the correct source mask and
|
|
<a id='L1867' name='L1867'></a> usually in the trailing part of the destination specify some wildcards. All
|
|
<a id='L1868' name='L1868'></a> the files matching the source mask are copied/renamed according to the
|
|
<a id='L1869' name='L1869'></a> target mask. If there are tagged files, only the tagged files matching the
|
|
<a id='L1870' name='L1870'></a> source mask are renamed.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1871' name='L1871'></a><p class="Pp">There are other options which you can set:</p>
|
|
<a id='L1872' name='L1872'></a><p class="Pp"><b>Follow links</b></p>
|
|
<a id='L1873' name='L1873'></a><p class="Pp">determines whether make the symlinks and hardlinks in the source
|
|
<a id='L1874' name='L1874'></a> directory (recursively in subdirectories) new links in the target directory
|
|
<a id='L1875' name='L1875'></a> or whether would you like to copy their content.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1876' name='L1876'></a><p class="Pp"><b>Dive into subdirs</b></p>
|
|
<a id='L1877' name='L1877'></a><p class="Pp">determines the behavior when the source directory is about to be
|
|
<a id='L1878' name='L1878'></a> copied, but the target directory already exists. The default action is to
|
|
<a id='L1879' name='L1879'></a> copy the contents of the source directory into the target directory.
|
|
<a id='L1880' name='L1880'></a> Enabling this option causes copying the source directory itself into the
|
|
<a id='L1881' name='L1881'></a> target directory.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1882' name='L1882'></a><p class="Pp">For example, you want to copy directory <i>/foo</i> containing
|
|
<a id='L1883' name='L1883'></a> file <i>bar</i> to <i>/bla/foo</i>, which is an already existing directory.
|
|
<a id='L1884' name='L1884'></a> Normally (when <b>Dive into subdirs</b> is not set), mc would copy file
|
|
<a id='L1885' name='L1885'></a> <i>/foo/bar</i> into the file <i>/bla/foo/bar</i>. By enabling this option
|
|
<a id='L1886' name='L1886'></a> the <i>/bla/foo/foo</i> directory will be created, and <i>/foo/bar</i> will
|
|
<a id='L1887' name='L1887'></a> be copied into <i>/bla/foo/foo/bar</i>.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1888' name='L1888'></a><p class="Pp"><b>Preserve attributes</b></p>
|
|
<a id='L1889' name='L1889'></a><p class="Pp">determines whether to preserve the permissions, timestamps and (if
|
|
<a id='L1890' name='L1890'></a> you are root) the ownership of the original files. If this option is not
|
|
<a id='L1891' name='L1891'></a> set, the current value of the umask will be respected.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1892' name='L1892'></a><p class="Pp"><b>Preserve ext2 attributes</b></p>
|
|
<a id='L1893' name='L1893'></a><p class="Pp">determines whether to preserve the attributes of files and
|
|
<a id='L1894' name='L1894'></a> directories on an ext2/3/4 file system.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1895' name='L1895'></a><p class="Pp"><b>Use shell patterns</b></p>
|
|
<a id='L1896' name='L1896'></a><p class="Pp">When this option is on you can use the '*' and '?' wildcards in
|
|
<a id='L1897' name='L1897'></a> the source mask. They work like they do in the shell. In the target mask
|
|
<a id='L1898' name='L1898'></a> only the '*' and '\&lt;digit&gt;' wildcards are allowed. The first '*'
|
|
<a id='L1899' name='L1899'></a> wildcard in the target mask corresponds to the first wildcard group in the
|
|
<a id='L1900' name='L1900'></a> source mask, the second '*' corresponds to the second group and so on. The
|
|
<a id='L1901' name='L1901'></a> '\1' wildcard corresponds to the first wildcard group in the source mask,
|
|
<a id='L1902' name='L1902'></a> the '\2' wildcard corresponds to the second group and so on all the way up
|
|
<a id='L1903' name='L1903'></a> to '\9'. The '\0' wildcard is the whole filename of the source file.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1904' name='L1904'></a><p class="Pp">Two examples:</p>
|
|
<a id='L1905' name='L1905'></a><p class="Pp">If the source mask is &quot;*.tar.gz&quot;, the destination is
|
|
<a id='L1906' name='L1906'></a> &quot;/bla/*.tgz&quot; and the file to be copied is &quot;foo.tar.gz&quot;,
|
|
<a id='L1907' name='L1907'></a> the copy will be &quot;foo.tgz&quot; in &quot;/bla&quot;.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1908' name='L1908'></a><p class="Pp">Suppose you want to swap basename and extension so that
|
|
<a id='L1909' name='L1909'></a> &quot;file.c&quot; would become &quot;c.file&quot; and so on. The source
|
|
<a id='L1910' name='L1910'></a> mask for this is &quot;*.*&quot; and the destination is
|
|
<a id='L1911' name='L1911'></a> &quot;\2.\1&quot;.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1912' name='L1912'></a><p class="Pp"><b>Use shell patterns off</b></p>
|
|
<a id='L1913' name='L1913'></a><p class="Pp">When the shell patterns option is off the MC doesn't do automatic
|
|
<a id='L1914' name='L1914'></a> grouping anymore. You must use '\(...\)' expressions in the source mask to
|
|
<a id='L1915' name='L1915'></a> specify meaning for the wildcards in the target mask. This is more flexible
|
|
<a id='L1916' name='L1916'></a> but also requires more typing. Otherwise target masks are similar to the
|
|
<a id='L1917' name='L1917'></a> situation when the shell patterns option is on.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1918' name='L1918'></a><p class="Pp">Two examples:</p>
|
|
<a id='L1919' name='L1919'></a><p class="Pp">If the source mask is &quot;^\(.*\)\.tar\.gz$&quot;, the
|
|
<a id='L1920' name='L1920'></a> destination is &quot;/bla/*.tgz&quot; and the file to be copied is
|
|
<a id='L1921' name='L1921'></a> &quot;foo.tar.gz&quot;, the copy will be &quot;/bla/foo.tgz&quot;.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1922' name='L1922'></a><p class="Pp">Let's suppose you want to swap basename and extension so that
|
|
<a id='L1923' name='L1923'></a> &quot;file.c&quot; will become &quot;c.file&quot; and so on. The source mask
|
|
<a id='L1924' name='L1924'></a> for this is &quot;^\(.*\)\.\(.*\)$&quot; and the destination is
|
|
<a id='L1925' name='L1925'></a> &quot;\2.\1&quot;.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1926' name='L1926'></a><p class="Pp"><b>Case Conversions</b></p>
|
|
<a id='L1927' name='L1927'></a><p class="Pp">You can also change the case of the filenames. If you use '\u' or
|
|
<a id='L1928' name='L1928'></a> '\l' in the target mask, the next character will be converted to uppercase
|
|
<a id='L1929' name='L1929'></a> or lowercase correspondingly.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1930' name='L1930'></a><p class="Pp">If you use '\U' or '\L' in the target mask, the next characters
|
|
<a id='L1931' name='L1931'></a> will be converted to uppercase or lowercase correspondingly up to the next
|
|
<a id='L1932' name='L1932'></a> '\E' or next '\U', '\L' or the end of the file name.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1933' name='L1933'></a><p class="Pp">The '\u' and '\l' are stronger than '\U' and '\L'.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1934' name='L1934'></a><p class="Pp">For example, if the source mask is '*' ( <i>Use shell patterns</i>
|
|
<a id='L1935' name='L1935'></a> on) or '^\(.*\)$' ( <i>Use shell patterns</i> off) and the target mask is
|
|
<a id='L1936' name='L1936'></a> '\L\u*' the file names will be converted to have initial upper case and
|
|
<a id='L1937' name='L1937'></a> otherwise lower case.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1938' name='L1938'></a><p class="Pp">You can also use '\' as a quote character. For example, '\\' is a
|
|
<a id='L1939' name='L1939'></a> backslash and '\*' is an asterisk.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1940' name='L1940'></a><p class="Pp"><b>Stable symlinks</b></p>
|
|
<a id='L1941' name='L1941'></a><p class="Pp">commands Midnight Commander, that it should change symlinks in the
|
|
<a id='L1942' name='L1942'></a> target, so that they'll point to the same location as it did before. With
|
|
<a id='L1943' name='L1943'></a> absolute symbolic links this does nothing, but if you have a relative one,
|
|
<a id='L1944' name='L1944'></a> it will recompute its value, adding necessary ../ and other directory parts
|
|
<a id='L1945' name='L1945'></a> and making the value as short as possible (most modern filesystems keep
|
|
<a id='L1946' name='L1946'></a> short symlinks inside inodes and thus don't waste much disk space).</p>
|
|
<a id='L1947' name='L1947'></a><p class="Pp"></p>
|
|
<a id='L1948' name='L1948'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L1949' name='L1949'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L1950' name='L1950'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Select/Unselect_Files"><a class="permalink" href="#Select/Unselect_Files">Select/Unselect
|
|
<a id='L1951' name='L1951'></a> Files</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L1952' name='L1952'></a><p class="Pp">The dialog of group of files and directories selection or
|
|
<a id='L1953' name='L1953'></a> uselection. The input line allow enter the regular expression of filenames
|
|
<a id='L1954' name='L1954'></a> that will be selected/unselected.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1955' name='L1955'></a><p class="Pp">When <i>Files only</i> checkbox is on, only files will be
|
|
<a id='L1956' name='L1956'></a> selected. If <i>Files only</i> is off, as files as directories will be
|
|
<a id='L1957' name='L1957'></a> selected. When <i>Shell Patterns</i> checkbox is on, the regular expression
|
|
<a id='L1958' name='L1958'></a> is much like the filename globbing in the shell (* standing for zero or more
|
|
<a id='L1959' name='L1959'></a> characters and ? standing for one character). If <i>Shell Patterns</i> is
|
|
<a id='L1960' name='L1960'></a> off, then the tagging of files is done with normal regular expressions (see
|
|
<a id='L1961' name='L1961'></a> ed (1)). When <i>Case sensitive</i> checkbox is on, the selection will be
|
|
<a id='L1962' name='L1962'></a> case sensitive characters. If <i>Case sensitive</i> is off, the case will be
|
|
<a id='L1963' name='L1963'></a> ignored.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1964' name='L1964'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L1965' name='L1965'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L1966' name='L1966'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Internal_Diff_Viewer"><a class="permalink" href="#Internal_Diff_Viewer">Internal
|
|
<a id='L1967' name='L1967'></a> Diff Viewer</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L1968' name='L1968'></a><p class="Pp">The mcdiff is a visual diff tool. You can compare two files and
|
|
<a id='L1969' name='L1969'></a> edit them in-place (diffs are updated dynamically). You can browse and view
|
|
<a id='L1970' name='L1970'></a> a working copy from popular version control systems (GIT, Subversion,
|
|
<a id='L1971' name='L1971'></a> etc).</p>
|
|
<a id='L1972' name='L1972'></a><p class="Pp">Following shortcuts are available in internal diff viewer of
|
|
<a id='L1973' name='L1973'></a> Midnight Commander.</p>
|
|
<a id='L1974' name='L1974'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L1975' name='L1975'></a> <dt id="F1"><a class="permalink" href="#F1"><b>F1</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1976' name='L1976'></a> <dd>Invoke the built-in hypertext help viewer.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1977' name='L1977'></a> <dt id="F2"><a class="permalink" href="#F2"><b>F2</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1978' name='L1978'></a> <dd>Save modified files.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1979' name='L1979'></a> <dt id="F4"><a class="permalink" href="#F4"><b>F4</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1980' name='L1980'></a> <dd>Edit file of the left panel in the internal editor.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1981' name='L1981'></a> <dt id="F14"><a class="permalink" href="#F14"><b>F14</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1982' name='L1982'></a> <dd>Edit file of the right panel in the internal editor.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1983' name='L1983'></a> <dt id="F5"><a class="permalink" href="#F5"><b>F5</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1984' name='L1984'></a> <dd>Merge the current hunk. Only the current hunk will be merged.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1985' name='L1985'></a> <dt id="F7"><a class="permalink" href="#F7"><b>F7</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1986' name='L1986'></a> <dd>Start search.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1987' name='L1987'></a> <dt id="F17"><a class="permalink" href="#F17"><b>F17</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1988' name='L1988'></a> <dd>Continue search.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1989' name='L1989'></a> <dt id="F10,"><a class="permalink" href="#F10,"><b>F10, Esc, q</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1990' name='L1990'></a> <dd>Exit from diff viewer.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1991' name='L1991'></a> <dt id="Alt~24"><a class="permalink" href="#Alt~24"><b>Alt-s, s</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1992' name='L1992'></a> <dd>Toggle show of hunk status.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1993' name='L1993'></a> <dt id="Alt~25"><a class="permalink" href="#Alt~25"><b>Alt-n, l</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1994' name='L1994'></a> <dd>Toggle show of line numbers.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1995' name='L1995'></a> <dt id="f"><a class="permalink" href="#f"><b>f</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1996' name='L1996'></a> <dd>Maximize left panel.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1997' name='L1997'></a> <dt><b>=</b></dt>
|
|
<a id='L1998' name='L1998'></a> <dd>Make panels equal in width.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L1999' name='L1999'></a> <dt><b>&gt;</b></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2000' name='L2000'></a> <dd>Reduce the size of the right panel.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2001' name='L2001'></a> <dt><b>&lt;</b></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2002' name='L2002'></a> <dd>Reduce the size of the left panel.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2003' name='L2003'></a> <dt id="c"><a class="permalink" href="#c"><b>c</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2004' name='L2004'></a> <dd>Toggle show of trailing carriage return (CR) symbol as ^M.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2005' name='L2005'></a> <dt><b>2, 3, 4, 8</b></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2006' name='L2006'></a> <dd>Set tabulation size</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2007' name='L2007'></a> <dt id="C~33"><a class="permalink" href="#C~33"><b>C-u</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2008' name='L2008'></a> <dd>Swap contents of diff panels.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2009' name='L2009'></a> <dt id="C~34"><a class="permalink" href="#C~34"><b>C-r</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2010' name='L2010'></a> <dd>Refresh the screen.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2011' name='L2011'></a> <dt id="C~35"><a class="permalink" href="#C~35"><b>C-o</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2012' name='L2012'></a> <dd>Switch to the subshell and show the command screen.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2013' name='L2013'></a> <dt id="Enter,"><a class="permalink" href="#Enter,"><b>Enter, Space,
|
|
<a id='L2014' name='L2014'></a> n</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2015' name='L2015'></a> <dd>Find next diff hunk.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2016' name='L2016'></a> <dt id="Backspace,"><a class="permalink" href="#Backspace,"><b>Backspace,
|
|
<a id='L2017' name='L2017'></a> p</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2018' name='L2018'></a> <dd>Find previous diff hunk.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2019' name='L2019'></a> <dt id="g"><a class="permalink" href="#g"><b>g</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2020' name='L2020'></a> <dd>Go to line.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2021' name='L2021'></a> <dt id="Down"><a class="permalink" href="#Down"><b>Down</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2022' name='L2022'></a> <dd>Scroll one line forward.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2023' name='L2023'></a> <dt id="Up"><a class="permalink" href="#Up"><b>Up</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2024' name='L2024'></a> <dd>Scroll one line backward.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2025' name='L2025'></a> <dt id="PageUp"><a class="permalink" href="#PageUp"><b>PageUp</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2026' name='L2026'></a> <dd>Move one page up.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2027' name='L2027'></a> <dt id="PageDown"><a class="permalink" href="#PageDown"><b>PageDown</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2028' name='L2028'></a> <dd>Moves one page down.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2029' name='L2029'></a> <dt id="Home,~2"><a class="permalink" href="#Home,~2"><b>Home, A1</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2030' name='L2030'></a> <dd>Moves to the line beginning.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2031' name='L2031'></a> <dt id="End"><a class="permalink" href="#End"><b>End</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2032' name='L2032'></a> <dd>Moves to the line end.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2033' name='L2033'></a> <dt id="C~36"><a class="permalink" href="#C~36"><b>C-Home</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2034' name='L2034'></a> <dd>Move to the file beginning.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2035' name='L2035'></a> <dt id="C~37"><a class="permalink" href="#C~37"><b>C-End, C1</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2036' name='L2036'></a> <dd>Move to the file end.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2037' name='L2037'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L2038' name='L2038'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L2039' name='L2039'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L2040' name='L2040'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Internal_File_Viewer"><a class="permalink" href="#Internal_File_Viewer">Internal
|
|
<a id='L2041' name='L2041'></a> File Viewer</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L2042' name='L2042'></a><p class="Pp">The internal file viewer provides two display modes: ASCII and
|
|
<a id='L2043' name='L2043'></a> hex. To toggle between modes, use the F4 key.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2044' name='L2044'></a><p class="Pp">The viewer will try to use the best method provided by your system
|
|
<a id='L2045' name='L2045'></a> or the file type to display the information. Some character sequences, which
|
|
<a id='L2046' name='L2046'></a> appear most often in preformatted manual pages, are displayed bold and
|
|
<a id='L2047' name='L2047'></a> underlined, thus making a pretty display of your files.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2048' name='L2048'></a><p class="Pp">When in hex mode, the search function accepts text in quotes and
|
|
<a id='L2049' name='L2049'></a> constant numbers. Text in quotes is matched exactly after removing the
|
|
<a id='L2050' name='L2050'></a> quotes. Each number matches one byte. You can mix quoted text with constants
|
|
<a id='L2051' name='L2051'></a> like this:</p>
|
|
<a id='L2052' name='L2052'></a><p class="Pp"></p>
|
|
<a id='L2053' name='L2053'></a><pre>&quot;String&quot; 34 0xBB 012 &quot;more text&quot;</pre>
|
|
<a id='L2054' name='L2054'></a><p class="Pp">Numbers are always interpreted in hex. In the example above,
|
|
<a id='L2055' name='L2055'></a> &quot;34&quot; is interpreted as 0x34. The prefix &quot;0x&quot; isn't
|
|
<a id='L2056' name='L2056'></a> really needed: we could type &quot;BB&quot; instead of &quot;0xBB&quot;. And
|
|
<a id='L2057' name='L2057'></a> &quot;012&quot; is interpreted as 0x12, not as an octal number.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2058' name='L2058'></a><p class="Pp">Here is a listing of the actions associated with each key that the
|
|
<a id='L2059' name='L2059'></a> Midnight Commander handles in the internal file viewer.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2060' name='L2060'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L2061' name='L2061'></a> <dt id="F1~2"><a class="permalink" href="#F1~2"><b>F1</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2062' name='L2062'></a> <dd>Invoke the built-in hypertext help viewer.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2063' name='L2063'></a> <dt id="F2~2"><a class="permalink" href="#F2~2"><b>F2</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2064' name='L2064'></a> <dd>Toggle the wrap mode.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2065' name='L2065'></a> <dt id="F4~2"><a class="permalink" href="#F4~2"><b>F4</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2066' name='L2066'></a> <dd>Toggle the hex mode.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2067' name='L2067'></a> <dt id="F5~2"><a class="permalink" href="#F5~2"><b>F5</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2068' name='L2068'></a> <dd>Goto. You can specify a line number, offset or percentage of file size of
|
|
<a id='L2069' name='L2069'></a> position that you want to view.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2070' name='L2070'></a> <dt id="F7,"><a class="permalink" href="#F7,"><b>F7, /, ?</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2071' name='L2071'></a> <dd>Start search. These keys call the dialog window that allows you to set up
|
|
<a id='L2072' name='L2072'></a> the search options. If key is ? the &quot;Backwards&quot; option is
|
|
<a id='L2073' name='L2073'></a> on.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2074' name='L2074'></a> <dt id="C~38"><a class="permalink" href="#C~38"><b>C-s</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2075' name='L2075'></a> <dd>Continue forward search.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2076' name='L2076'></a> <dt id="C~39"><a class="permalink" href="#C~39"><b>C-r</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2077' name='L2077'></a> <dd>Continue reverse search.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2078' name='L2078'></a> <dt id="F17,"><a class="permalink" href="#F17,"><b>F17, n</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2079' name='L2079'></a> <dd>Continue search in the chosen direction.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2080' name='L2080'></a> <dt id="N"><a class="permalink" href="#N"><b>N</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2081' name='L2081'></a> <dd>Temporary change the search direction: backwards if forward search is
|
|
<a id='L2082' name='L2082'></a> chosen, and vice versa.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2083' name='L2083'></a> <dt id="F8"><a class="permalink" href="#F8"><b>F8</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2084' name='L2084'></a> <dd>Toggle Raw/Parsed mode: This will show the file as found on disk or if a
|
|
<a id='L2085' name='L2085'></a> processing filter has been specified in the mc.ext.ini file, then the
|
|
<a id='L2086' name='L2086'></a> output from the filter. Current mode is always the other than written on
|
|
<a id='L2087' name='L2087'></a> the button label, since on the button is the mode which you enter by that
|
|
<a id='L2088' name='L2088'></a> key.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2089' name='L2089'></a> <dt id="F9"><a class="permalink" href="#F9"><b>F9</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2090' name='L2090'></a> <dd>Toggle the format/unformat mode: when format mode is on the viewer will
|
|
<a id='L2091' name='L2091'></a> interpret some string sequences to show bold and underline with different
|
|
<a id='L2092' name='L2092'></a> colors. Also, on button label is the other mode than current.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2093' name='L2093'></a> <dt id="F10,~2"><a class="permalink" href="#F10,~2"><b>F10, Esc.</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2094' name='L2094'></a> <dd>Exit the internal file viewer.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2095' name='L2095'></a> <dt id="PageDown,"><a class="permalink" href="#PageDown,"><b>PageDown, space,
|
|
<a id='L2096' name='L2096'></a> C-v.</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2097' name='L2097'></a> <dd>Scroll one page forward.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2098' name='L2098'></a> <dt id="PageUp,"><a class="permalink" href="#PageUp,"><b>PageUp, Alt-v, C-b,
|
|
<a id='L2099' name='L2099'></a> Backspace.</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2100' name='L2100'></a> <dd>Scroll one page backward.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2101' name='L2101'></a> <dt id="Down~2"><a class="permalink" href="#Down~2"><b>Down</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2102' name='L2102'></a> <dd>Scroll one line forward.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2103' name='L2103'></a> <dt id="Up~2"><a class="permalink" href="#Up~2"><b>Up</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2104' name='L2104'></a> <dd>Scroll one line backward.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2105' name='L2105'></a> <dt id="C~40"><a class="permalink" href="#C~40"><b>C-l</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2106' name='L2106'></a> <dd>Refresh the screen.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2107' name='L2107'></a> <dt id="C~41"><a class="permalink" href="#C~41"><b>C-o</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2108' name='L2108'></a> <dd>Switch to the subshell and show the command screen.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2109' name='L2109'></a> <dt><b>[n] m</b></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2110' name='L2110'></a> <dd>Set the mark n.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2111' name='L2111'></a> <dt><b>[n] r</b></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2112' name='L2112'></a> <dd>Jump to the mark n.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2113' name='L2113'></a> <dt id="C~42"><a class="permalink" href="#C~42"><b>C-f</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2114' name='L2114'></a> <dd>Jump to the next file.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2115' name='L2115'></a> <dt id="C~43"><a class="permalink" href="#C~43"><b>C-b</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2116' name='L2116'></a> <dd>Jump to the previous file.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2117' name='L2117'></a> <dt id="Alt~26"><a class="permalink" href="#Alt~26"><b>Alt-r</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2118' name='L2118'></a> <dd>Toggle the ruler.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2119' name='L2119'></a> <dt id="Alt~27"><a class="permalink" href="#Alt~27"><b>Alt-e</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2120' name='L2120'></a> <dd>to change charset of displayed text may use Alt-e (M-e). Recoding is made
|
|
<a id='L2121' name='L2121'></a> from selected codepage into system codepage. To cancel the recoding you
|
|
<a id='L2122' name='L2122'></a> may select &quot;&lt;No translation&gt;&quot; in charset selection
|
|
<a id='L2123' name='L2123'></a> dialog.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2124' name='L2124'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L2125' name='L2125'></a><p class="Pp">It's possible to instruct the file viewer how to display a file,
|
|
<a id='L2126' name='L2126'></a> look at the Edit Extension File section</p>
|
|
<a id='L2127' name='L2127'></a><p class="Pp"></p>
|
|
<a id='L2128' name='L2128'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L2129' name='L2129'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L2130' name='L2130'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Internal_File_Editor"><a class="permalink" href="#Internal_File_Editor">Internal
|
|
<a id='L2131' name='L2131'></a> File Editor</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L2132' name='L2132'></a><p class="Pp">The internal file editor is a full-featured full screen editor. It
|
|
<a id='L2133' name='L2133'></a> can edit files up to 64 megabytes. It is possible to edit binary files. The
|
|
<a id='L2134' name='L2134'></a> internal file editor is invoked using <b>F4</b> if the
|
|
<a id='L2135' name='L2135'></a> <i>use_internal_edit</i> option is set in the initialization file.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2136' name='L2136'></a><p class="Pp">The features it presently supports are: block copy, move, delete,
|
|
<a id='L2137' name='L2137'></a> cut, paste; key for key undo; pull-down menus; file insertion; macro
|
|
<a id='L2138' name='L2138'></a> commands; regular expression search and replace; S-arrow text highlighting
|
|
<a id='L2139' name='L2139'></a> (if supported by the terminal); insert-overwrite toggle; word wrap;
|
|
<a id='L2140' name='L2140'></a> autoindent; tunable tab size; syntax highlighting for various file types;
|
|
<a id='L2141' name='L2141'></a> and an option to pipe text blocks through shell commands like indent and
|
|
<a id='L2142' name='L2142'></a> ispell.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2143' name='L2143'></a><p class="Pp">Sections:</p>
|
|
<a id='L2144' name='L2144'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L2145' name='L2145'></a> <dt></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2146' name='L2146'></a> <dd>Options of editor in ini-file</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2147' name='L2147'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L2148' name='L2148'></a><p class="Pp">The editor is very easy to use and requires no tutoring. To see
|
|
<a id='L2149' name='L2149'></a> what keys do what, just consult the appropriate pull-down menu. Other keys
|
|
<a id='L2150' name='L2150'></a> are: Shift movement keys do text highlighting. <b>C-Ins</b> copies to the
|
|
<a id='L2151' name='L2151'></a> file <b>mcedit.clip</b> and <b>S-Ins</b> pastes from mcedit.clip.
|
|
<a id='L2152' name='L2152'></a> <b>S-Del</b> cuts to <b>mcedit.clip</b>, and <b>C-Del</b> deletes
|
|
<a id='L2153' name='L2153'></a> highlighted text. Mouse highlighting also works, and you can override the
|
|
<a id='L2154' name='L2154'></a> mouse as usual by holding down the shift key while dragging the mouse to let
|
|
<a id='L2155' name='L2155'></a> normal terminal mouse highlighting work.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2156' name='L2156'></a><p class="Pp">To define a macro, press <b>C-R</b> and then type out the key
|
|
<a id='L2157' name='L2157'></a> strokes you want to be executed. Press <b>C-R</b> again when finished. You
|
|
<a id='L2158' name='L2158'></a> can then assign the macro to any key you like by pressing that key. The
|
|
<a id='L2159' name='L2159'></a> macro is executed when you press <b>C-A</b> and then the assigned key. The
|
|
<a id='L2160' name='L2160'></a> macro is also executed if you press Meta, Ctrl, or Esc and the assigned key,
|
|
<a id='L2161' name='L2161'></a> provided that the key is not used for any other function. Once defined, the
|
|
<a id='L2162' name='L2162'></a> macro commands go into the file
|
|
<a id='L2163' name='L2163'></a> <b>~/.local/share/mc/mcedit/mcedit.macros</b> You can delete a macro by
|
|
<a id='L2164' name='L2164'></a> deleting the appropriate line in this file.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2165' name='L2165'></a><p class="Pp">To change charset of displayed text may use Alt-e (M-e). Recoding
|
|
<a id='L2166' name='L2166'></a> is made from selected codepage into system codepage. To cancel the recoding
|
|
<a id='L2167' name='L2167'></a> you may select &quot;&lt;No translation&gt;&quot; in charset selection
|
|
<a id='L2168' name='L2168'></a> dialog.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2169' name='L2169'></a><p class="Pp"><b>F19</b> will format the currently highlighted block (plain text
|
|
<a id='L2170' name='L2170'></a> or C or C++ code or another). This is controlled by the file
|
|
<a id='L2171' name='L2171'></a> <b>/__w/mc/mc/install-prefix/share/mc/edit.indent.rc</b> which is copied to
|
|
<a id='L2172' name='L2172'></a> <b>~/.local/share/mc/mcedit/edit.indent.rc</b> in your home directory the
|
|
<a id='L2173' name='L2173'></a> first time you use it.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2174' name='L2174'></a><p class="Pp"></p>
|
|
<a id='L2175' name='L2175'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L2176' name='L2176'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L2177' name='L2177'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Options_of_editor_in_ini"><a class="permalink" href="#Options_of_editor_in_ini">Options
|
|
<a id='L2178' name='L2178'></a> of editor in ini-file</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L2179' name='L2179'></a><p class="Pp">Some editor options of ini-file are described in this section.
|
|
<a id='L2180' name='L2180'></a> Options are placed in [Midnight-Commander] section</p>
|
|
<a id='L2181' name='L2181'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L2182' name='L2182'></a> <dt id="editor_wordcompletion_collect_entire_file"><a class="permalink" href="#editor_wordcompletion_collect_entire_file"><i>editor_wordcompletion_collect_entire_file</i></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2183' name='L2183'></a> <dd>Search autocomplete candidates in entire of file or just from begin of
|
|
<a id='L2184' name='L2184'></a> file to cursor position (0)
|
|
<a id='L2185' name='L2185'></a> <p class="Pp"></p>
|
|
<a id='L2186' name='L2186'></a> </dd>
|
|
<a id='L2187' name='L2187'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L2188' name='L2188'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L2189' name='L2189'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L2190' name='L2190'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Screen_selector"><a class="permalink" href="#Screen_selector">Screen
|
|
<a id='L2191' name='L2191'></a> selector</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L2192' name='L2192'></a><p class="Pp">Midnight Commander supports running many internal modules (such as
|
|
<a id='L2193' name='L2193'></a> editor, viewer and diff viewer) simultaneously and switching between them
|
|
<a id='L2194' name='L2194'></a> without closing open files. Using several file managers at a time, however,
|
|
<a id='L2195' name='L2195'></a> is not currently supported.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2196' name='L2196'></a><p class="Pp">Let's call each of these modules a screen. There are three ways to
|
|
<a id='L2197' name='L2197'></a> switch between screens, using one of these global shortcuts:</p>
|
|
<a id='L2198' name='L2198'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L2199' name='L2199'></a> <dt id="Alt~28"><a class="permalink" href="#Alt~28"><b>Alt-}</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2200' name='L2200'></a> <dd>switch to the next screen;</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2201' name='L2201'></a> <dt id="Alt~29"><a class="permalink" href="#Alt~29"><b>Alt-{</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2202' name='L2202'></a> <dd>switch to the previous screen;</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2203' name='L2203'></a> <dt id="Alt~30"><a class="permalink" href="#Alt~30"><b>Alt-`</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2204' name='L2204'></a> <dd>open a dialog window with the list of currently open screens (or use the
|
|
<a id='L2205' name='L2205'></a> &quot;Screen list&quot; menu item).</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2206' name='L2206'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L2207' name='L2207'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L2208' name='L2208'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L2209' name='L2209'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Completion"><a class="permalink" href="#Completion">Completion</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L2210' name='L2210'></a><p class="Pp">Let Midnight Commander type for you.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2211' name='L2211'></a><p class="Pp">Attempt to perform completion on the text before current position.
|
|
<a id='L2212' name='L2212'></a> MC attempts completion treating the text as variable (if the text begins
|
|
<a id='L2213' name='L2213'></a> with <b>$</b>), username (if the text begins with <b>~</b>), hostname (if
|
|
<a id='L2214' name='L2214'></a> the text begins with <b>@</b>) or command (if you are on the command line in
|
|
<a id='L2215' name='L2215'></a> the position where you might type a command, possible completions then
|
|
<a id='L2216' name='L2216'></a> include shell reserved words and shell built-in commands as well) in turn.
|
|
<a id='L2217' name='L2217'></a> If none of these matches, filename completion is attempted.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2218' name='L2218'></a><p class="Pp">Filename, username, variable and hostname completion works on all
|
|
<a id='L2219' name='L2219'></a> input lines, command completion is command line specific. If the completion
|
|
<a id='L2220' name='L2220'></a> is ambiguous (there are more different possibilities), MC beeps and the
|
|
<a id='L2221' name='L2221'></a> following action depends on the setting of the Complete: show all option in
|
|
<a id='L2222' name='L2222'></a> the Configuration dialog. If it is enabled, a list of all possibilities pops
|
|
<a id='L2223' name='L2223'></a> up next to the current position and you can select with the arrow keys and
|
|
<a id='L2224' name='L2224'></a> <b>Enter</b> the correct entry. You can also type the first letters in which
|
|
<a id='L2225' name='L2225'></a> the possibilities differ to move to a subset of all possibilities and
|
|
<a id='L2226' name='L2226'></a> complete as much as possible. If you press <b>Alt-Tab</b> again, only the
|
|
<a id='L2227' name='L2227'></a> subset will be shown in the listbox, otherwise the first item which matches
|
|
<a id='L2228' name='L2228'></a> all the previous characters will be highlighted. As soon as there is no
|
|
<a id='L2229' name='L2229'></a> ambiguity, dialog disappears, but you can hide it by canceling keys
|
|
<a id='L2230' name='L2230'></a> <b>Esc</b>, <b>F10</b> and left and right arrow keys. If Complete: show all
|
|
<a id='L2231' name='L2231'></a> is disabled, the dialog pops up only if you press <b>Alt-Tab</b> for the
|
|
<a id='L2232' name='L2232'></a> second time, for the first time MC just beeps.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2233' name='L2233'></a><p class="Pp">Apply escaping of <b>?</b>, <b>*</b>, and <b>&amp;</b> symbols (as
|
|
<a id='L2234' name='L2234'></a> <b>\?</b>, <b>\*</b>, and <b>\&amp;</b>) in filenames to disallow use them
|
|
<a id='L2235' name='L2235'></a> as metasymbols in regular expressions when substitution is performed in the
|
|
<a id='L2236' name='L2236'></a> input line.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2237' name='L2237'></a><p class="Pp"></p>
|
|
<a id='L2238' name='L2238'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L2239' name='L2239'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L2240' name='L2240'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Virtual_File_System"><a class="permalink" href="#Virtual_File_System">Virtual
|
|
<a id='L2241' name='L2241'></a> File System</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L2242' name='L2242'></a><p class="Pp">Midnight Commander is provided with a code layer to access the
|
|
<a id='L2243' name='L2243'></a> file system; this code layer is known as the virtual file system switch. The
|
|
<a id='L2244' name='L2244'></a> virtual file system switch allows Midnight Commander to manipulate files not
|
|
<a id='L2245' name='L2245'></a> located on the Unix file system.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2246' name='L2246'></a><p class="Pp">Currently, Midnight Commander is packaged with some Virtual File
|
|
<a id='L2247' name='L2247'></a> Systems (VFS): the <i>local</i> file system, used for accessing the regular
|
|
<a id='L2248' name='L2248'></a> Unix file system; the <i>ftpfs</i>, used to manipulate files on remote
|
|
<a id='L2249' name='L2249'></a> systems with the FTP protocol; the <i>tarfs</i>, used to manipulate tar and
|
|
<a id='L2250' name='L2250'></a> compressed tar files; the <i>undelfs</i>, used to recover deleted files on
|
|
<a id='L2251' name='L2251'></a> ext2 file systems (the default file system for Linux systems), <i>shell</i>
|
|
<a id='L2252' name='L2252'></a> (for manipulating files over shell connections such as rsh and ssh). If the
|
|
<a id='L2253' name='L2253'></a> code was compiled with <i>sftpfs</i> (for manipulating files over SFTP
|
|
<a id='L2254' name='L2254'></a> connections).</p>
|
|
<a id='L2255' name='L2255'></a><p class="Pp">A generic <i>extfs</i> (EXTernal virtual File System) is provided
|
|
<a id='L2256' name='L2256'></a> in order to easily expand VFS capabilities using scripts and external
|
|
<a id='L2257' name='L2257'></a> software.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2258' name='L2258'></a><p class="Pp">The VFS switch code will interpret all of the path names used and
|
|
<a id='L2259' name='L2259'></a> will forward them to the correct file system, the formats used for each one
|
|
<a id='L2260' name='L2260'></a> of the file systems is described later in their own section.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2261' name='L2261'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L2262' name='L2262'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L2263' name='L2263'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="FTP_File_System"><a class="permalink" href="#FTP_File_System">
|
|
<a id='L2264' name='L2264'></a> FTP File System</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L2265' name='L2265'></a><p class="Pp">The FTP File System (ftpfs) allows you to manipulate files on
|
|
<a id='L2266' name='L2266'></a> remote machines. To actually use it, you can use the <i>FTP link</i> item in
|
|
<a id='L2267' name='L2267'></a> the menu or directly change your current directory using the <i>cd</i>
|
|
<a id='L2268' name='L2268'></a> command to a path name that looks like this:</p>
|
|
<a id='L2269' name='L2269'></a><p class="Pp"><i>ftp://[!][user[:pass]@]machine[:port]/[remote-dir]</i></p>
|
|
<a id='L2270' name='L2270'></a><p class="Pp">The <i>user</i>, <i>port</i> and <i>remote-dir</i> elements are
|
|
<a id='L2271' name='L2271'></a> optional. If you specify the <i>user</i> element, Midnight Commander will
|
|
<a id='L2272' name='L2272'></a> login to the remote machine as that user, otherwise it will use anonymous
|
|
<a id='L2273' name='L2273'></a> login or the login name from the <i>~/.netrc</i> file. The optional
|
|
<a id='L2274' name='L2274'></a> <i>pass</i> element is the password used for the connection. Using the
|
|
<a id='L2275' name='L2275'></a> password in the VFS directory name is not recommended, because it can appear
|
|
<a id='L2276' name='L2276'></a> on the screen in clear text and can be saved to the directory history.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2277' name='L2277'></a><p class="Pp">To enable using FTP proxy, prepend <b>!</b> (an exclamation sign)
|
|
<a id='L2278' name='L2278'></a> to the hostname.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2279' name='L2279'></a><p class="Pp">Examples:</p>
|
|
<a id='L2280' name='L2280'></a><p class="Pp"></p>
|
|
<a id='L2281' name='L2281'></a><pre>
|
|
<a id='L2282' name='L2282'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L2283' name='L2283'></a> ftp://ftp.nuclecu.unam.mx/linux/local
|
|
<a id='L2284' name='L2284'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L2285' name='L2285'></a> ftp://tsx-11.mit.edu/pub/linux/packages
|
|
<a id='L2286' name='L2286'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L2287' name='L2287'></a> ftp://!behind.firewall.edu/pub
|
|
<a id='L2288' name='L2288'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L2289' name='L2289'></a> ftp://guest@remote-host.com:40/pub
|
|
<a id='L2290' name='L2290'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L2291' name='L2291'></a> ftp://miguel:xxx@server/pub</pre>
|
|
<a id='L2292' name='L2292'></a><p class="Pp">Please check the Virtual File System dialog box for ftpfs
|
|
<a id='L2293' name='L2293'></a> options.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2294' name='L2294'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L2295' name='L2295'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L2296' name='L2296'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Tar_File_System"><a class="permalink" href="#Tar_File_System">
|
|
<a id='L2297' name='L2297'></a> Tar File System</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L2298' name='L2298'></a><p class="Pp">The tar file system provides you with read-only access to your tar
|
|
<a id='L2299' name='L2299'></a> files and compressed tar files by using the chdir command. To change your
|
|
<a id='L2300' name='L2300'></a> directory to a tar file, you change your current directory to the tar file
|
|
<a id='L2301' name='L2301'></a> by using the following syntax:</p>
|
|
<a id='L2302' name='L2302'></a><p class="Pp"><i>/filename.tar/utar://[dir-inside-tar]</i></p>
|
|
<a id='L2303' name='L2303'></a><p class="Pp">The mc.ext.ini file already provides a shortcut for tar files,
|
|
<a id='L2304' name='L2304'></a> this means that usually you just point to a tar file and press return to
|
|
<a id='L2305' name='L2305'></a> enter into the tar file, see the Edit Extension File section for details on
|
|
<a id='L2306' name='L2306'></a> how this is done.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2307' name='L2307'></a><p class="Pp">Examples:</p>
|
|
<a id='L2308' name='L2308'></a><p class="Pp"></p>
|
|
<a id='L2309' name='L2309'></a><pre>
|
|
<a id='L2310' name='L2310'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L2311' name='L2311'></a> mc-3.0.tar.gz/utar://mc-3.0/vfs
|
|
<a id='L2312' name='L2312'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L2313' name='L2313'></a> /ftp/GCC/gcc-2.7.0.tar/utar://</pre>
|
|
<a id='L2314' name='L2314'></a><p class="Pp">The latter specifies the full path of the tar archive.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2315' name='L2315'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L2316' name='L2316'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L2317' name='L2317'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="FIle_transfer_over_SHell_filesystem"><a class="permalink" href="#FIle_transfer_over_SHell_filesystem">
|
|
<a id='L2318' name='L2318'></a> FIle transfer over SHell filesystem</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L2319' name='L2319'></a><p class="Pp">The shell file system is a network based file system that allows
|
|
<a id='L2320' name='L2320'></a> you to manipulate the files in a remote machine as if they were local. To
|
|
<a id='L2321' name='L2321'></a> use this, the other side has to have bash-compatible shell.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2322' name='L2322'></a><p class="Pp">To connect to a remote machine, you just need to chdir into a
|
|
<a id='L2323' name='L2323'></a> special directory which name is in the following format:</p>
|
|
<a id='L2324' name='L2324'></a><p class="Pp"><i>sh://[user@]machine[:options]/[remote-dir]</i></p>
|
|
<a id='L2325' name='L2325'></a><p class="Pp">The <i>user,</i> <i>options</i> and <i>remote-dir</i> elements are
|
|
<a id='L2326' name='L2326'></a> optional. If you specify the <i>user</i> element, Midnight Commander will
|
|
<a id='L2327' name='L2327'></a> try to login on the remote machine as that user, otherwise it will use your
|
|
<a id='L2328' name='L2328'></a> login name.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2329' name='L2329'></a><p class="Pp">The available <i>options</i> are:</p>
|
|
<a id='L2330' name='L2330'></a><pre>
|
|
<a id='L2331' name='L2331'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L2332' name='L2332'></a> 'C' - use compression;
|
|
<a id='L2333' name='L2333'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L2334' name='L2334'></a> 'r' - use rsh instead of ssh;
|
|
<a id='L2335' name='L2335'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L2336' name='L2336'></a> port - specify the port used by remote server.</pre>
|
|
<a id='L2337' name='L2337'></a>If the <i>remote-dir</i> element is present, your current directory on the
|
|
<a id='L2338' name='L2338'></a> remote machine will be set to this one.
|
|
<a id='L2339' name='L2339'></a><p class="Pp">Examples:</p>
|
|
<a id='L2340' name='L2340'></a><p class="Pp"></p>
|
|
<a id='L2341' name='L2341'></a><pre>
|
|
<a id='L2342' name='L2342'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L2343' name='L2343'></a> sh://onlyrsh.mx:r/linux/local
|
|
<a id='L2344' name='L2344'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L2345' name='L2345'></a> sh://joe@want.compression.edu:C/private
|
|
<a id='L2346' name='L2346'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L2347' name='L2347'></a> sh://joe@noncompressed.ssh.edu/private
|
|
<a id='L2348' name='L2348'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L2349' name='L2349'></a> sh://joe@somehost.ssh.edu:2222/private</pre>
|
|
<a id='L2350' name='L2350'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L2351' name='L2351'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L2352' name='L2352'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="SFTP_(SSH_File_Transfer_Protocol)_filesystem"><a class="permalink" href="#SFTP_(SSH_File_Transfer_Protocol)_filesystem">
|
|
<a id='L2353' name='L2353'></a> SFTP (SSH File Transfer Protocol) filesystem</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L2354' name='L2354'></a><p class="Pp">The SFTP file system is a network based file system that allows
|
|
<a id='L2355' name='L2355'></a> you to manipulate the files in a remote machine as if they were local.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2356' name='L2356'></a><p class="Pp">To connect to a remote machine, you just need to chdir into a
|
|
<a id='L2357' name='L2357'></a> special directory which name is in the following format:</p>
|
|
<a id='L2358' name='L2358'></a><p class="Pp"><i>sftp://[user@]machine:[port]/[remote-dir]</i></p>
|
|
<a id='L2359' name='L2359'></a><p class="Pp">The <i>user,</i> <i>port</i> and <i>remote-dir</i> elements are
|
|
<a id='L2360' name='L2360'></a> optional. If you specify the <i>user</i> element, Midnight Commander will
|
|
<a id='L2361' name='L2361'></a> try to login on the remote machine as that user, otherwise it will use your
|
|
<a id='L2362' name='L2362'></a> login name. <i>port</i> - specify the port used by remote server (22 by
|
|
<a id='L2363' name='L2363'></a> default). If the <i>remote-dir</i> element is present, your current
|
|
<a id='L2364' name='L2364'></a> directory on the remote machine will be set to this one.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2365' name='L2365'></a><p class="Pp">Examples:</p>
|
|
<a id='L2366' name='L2366'></a><p class="Pp"></p>
|
|
<a id='L2367' name='L2367'></a><pre>
|
|
<a id='L2368' name='L2368'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L2369' name='L2369'></a> sftp://onlyrsh.mx/linux/local
|
|
<a id='L2370' name='L2370'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L2371' name='L2371'></a> sftp://joe:password@want.compression.edu/private
|
|
<a id='L2372' name='L2372'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L2373' name='L2373'></a> sftp://joe@noncompressed.ssh.edu/private
|
|
<a id='L2374' name='L2374'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L2375' name='L2375'></a> sftp://joe@somehost.ssh.edu:2222/private</pre>
|
|
<a id='L2376' name='L2376'></a><p class="Pp">When establishing the connection, server key fingerprint is
|
|
<a id='L2377' name='L2377'></a> verified using the ~/.ssh/known_hosts file. If the host/key pair is not
|
|
<a id='L2378' name='L2378'></a> found or the host is found, but the key doesn't match, an appropriate
|
|
<a id='L2379' name='L2379'></a> message is shown. There are three buttons in the message dialog:</p>
|
|
<a id='L2380' name='L2380'></a><p class="Pp"><b>[Yes]</b> add new host/key pair to the ~/.ssh/known_hosts file
|
|
<a id='L2381' name='L2381'></a> and continue.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2382' name='L2382'></a><p class="Pp"><b>[Ignore]</b> do not add new host/key pair to the
|
|
<a id='L2383' name='L2383'></a> ~/.ssh/known_hosts file, but continue nevertheless (at you own risk).</p>
|
|
<a id='L2384' name='L2384'></a><p class="Pp"><b>[No]</b> abort connection.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2385' name='L2385'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L2386' name='L2386'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L2387' name='L2387'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="EXTernal_File_System"><a class="permalink" href="#EXTernal_File_System">
|
|
<a id='L2388' name='L2388'></a> EXTernal File System</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L2389' name='L2389'></a><p class="Pp"><b>extfs</b> allows you to integrate numerous features and file
|
|
<a id='L2390' name='L2390'></a> types into GNU Midnight Commander in an easy way, by writing scripts.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2391' name='L2391'></a><p class="Pp">Extfs filesystems can be divided into two categories:</p>
|
|
<a id='L2392' name='L2392'></a><p class="Pp">1. Stand-alone filesystems, which are not associated with any
|
|
<a id='L2393' name='L2393'></a> existing file. They represent certain system-wide data as a directory tree.
|
|
<a id='L2394' name='L2394'></a> You can invoke them by typing <i>cd fsname://</i> where fsname is an extfs
|
|
<a id='L2395' name='L2395'></a> short name (see below). Examples of such filesystems include audio (list
|
|
<a id='L2396' name='L2396'></a> audio tracks on the CD) or apt (list of all Debian packages in the
|
|
<a id='L2397' name='L2397'></a> system).</p>
|
|
<a id='L2398' name='L2398'></a><p class="Pp">For example, to list CD-Audio tracks on your CD-ROM drive,
|
|
<a id='L2399' name='L2399'></a> type</p>
|
|
<a id='L2400' name='L2400'></a><p class="Pp"></p>
|
|
<a id='L2401' name='L2401'></a><pre>
|
|
<a id='L2402' name='L2402'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L2403' name='L2403'></a> cd audio://</pre>
|
|
<a id='L2404' name='L2404'></a><p class="Pp">2. 'Archive' filesystems (like rpm, patchfs and more), which
|
|
<a id='L2405' name='L2405'></a> represent contents of a file as a directory tree. It can consist of 'real'
|
|
<a id='L2406' name='L2406'></a> files compressed in an archive (urar, rpm) or virtual files, like messages
|
|
<a id='L2407' name='L2407'></a> in a mailbox (mailfs) or parts of a patch (patchfs). To access such
|
|
<a id='L2408' name='L2408'></a> filesystems <i>fsname://</i> should be appended to the archive name. Note
|
|
<a id='L2409' name='L2409'></a> that the archive itself can be on another vfs.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2410' name='L2410'></a><p class="Pp">For example, to list contents of a zip archive documents.zip
|
|
<a id='L2411' name='L2411'></a> type</p>
|
|
<a id='L2412' name='L2412'></a><p class="Pp"></p>
|
|
<a id='L2413' name='L2413'></a><pre>
|
|
<a id='L2414' name='L2414'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L2415' name='L2415'></a> cd documents.zip/uzip://</pre>
|
|
<a id='L2416' name='L2416'></a><p class="Pp">In many aspects, you could treat extfs like any other directory.
|
|
<a id='L2417' name='L2417'></a> For instance, you can add it to the hotlist or change to it from directory
|
|
<a id='L2418' name='L2418'></a> history. An important limitation is that you cannot invoke shell commands
|
|
<a id='L2419' name='L2419'></a> inside extfs, just like any other non-local VFS.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2420' name='L2420'></a><p class="Pp">Common extfs scripts included with Midnight Commander are:</p>
|
|
<a id='L2421' name='L2421'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L2422' name='L2422'></a> <dt id="a"><a class="permalink" href="#a"><b>a</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2423' name='L2423'></a> <dd>access 'A:' DOS/Windows diskette (<i>cd a://</i>).</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2424' name='L2424'></a> <dt id="apt"><a class="permalink" href="#apt"><b>apt</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2425' name='L2425'></a> <dd>front end to Debian's APT package management system (<i>cd
|
|
<a id='L2426' name='L2426'></a> apt://</i>).</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2427' name='L2427'></a> <dt id="audio"><a class="permalink" href="#audio"><b>audio</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2428' name='L2428'></a> <dd>audio CD ripping and playing (<i>cd audio://</i> or <i>cd
|
|
<a id='L2429' name='L2429'></a> device/audio://</i>).</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2430' name='L2430'></a> <dt id="bpp"><a class="permalink" href="#bpp"><b>bpp</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2431' name='L2431'></a> <dd>package of Bad Penguin GNU/Linux distribution (<i>cd
|
|
<a id='L2432' name='L2432'></a> file.bpp/bpp://</i>).</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2433' name='L2433'></a> <dt id="deb"><a class="permalink" href="#deb"><b>deb</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2434' name='L2434'></a> <dd>package of Debian GNU/Linux distribution (<i>cd file.deb/deb://</i>).</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2435' name='L2435'></a> <dt id="dpkg"><a class="permalink" href="#dpkg"><b>dpkg</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2436' name='L2436'></a> <dd>Debian GNU/Linux installed packages (<i>cd deb://</i>).</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2437' name='L2437'></a> <dt id="hp48"><a class="permalink" href="#hp48"><b>hp48</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2438' name='L2438'></a> <dd>view and copy files to/from a HP48 calculator (<i>cd hp48://</i>).</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2439' name='L2439'></a> <dt id="lslR"><a class="permalink" href="#lslR"><b>lslR</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2440' name='L2440'></a> <dd>browsing of lslR listings as found on many FTPs (<i>cd
|
|
<a id='L2441' name='L2441'></a> filename/lslR://</i>).</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2442' name='L2442'></a> <dt id="mailfs"><a class="permalink" href="#mailfs"><b>mailfs</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2443' name='L2443'></a> <dd>mbox-style mailbox files support (<i>cd mailbox/mailfs://</i>).</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2444' name='L2444'></a> <dt id="patchfs"><a class="permalink" href="#patchfs"><b>patchfs</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2445' name='L2445'></a> <dd>extfs to handle unified and context diffs (<i>cd
|
|
<a id='L2446' name='L2446'></a> filename/patchfs://</i>).</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2447' name='L2447'></a> <dt id="rpm"><a class="permalink" href="#rpm"><b>rpm</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2448' name='L2448'></a> <dd>RPM package (<i>cd filename/rpm://</i>).</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2449' name='L2449'></a> <dt id="rpms"><a class="permalink" href="#rpms"><b>rpms</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2450' name='L2450'></a> <dd>RPM database management (<i>cd rpms://</i>).</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2451' name='L2451'></a> <dt id="ulha,"><a class="permalink" href="#ulha,"><b>ulha, urar, uzip, uzoo,
|
|
<a id='L2452' name='L2452'></a> uar, uha</b></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2453' name='L2453'></a> <dd>archivers (<i>cd archive/xxxx://</i> where xxxx is one of: <i>ulha</i>,
|
|
<a id='L2454' name='L2454'></a> <i>urar</i>, <i>uzip</i>, <i>uzoo</i>, <i>uar</i>, <i>uha</i>).</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2455' name='L2455'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L2456' name='L2456'></a><p class="Pp">You could bind file type/extension to specified extfs as described
|
|
<a id='L2457' name='L2457'></a> in the Edit Extension File section. Here is an example entry for Debian
|
|
<a id='L2458' name='L2458'></a> packages:</p>
|
|
<a id='L2459' name='L2459'></a><p class="Pp"></p>
|
|
<a id='L2460' name='L2460'></a><pre>
|
|
<a id='L2461' name='L2461'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L2462' name='L2462'></a> regex/\.deb$
|
|
<a id='L2463' name='L2463'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L2464' name='L2464'></a> Open=%cd %p/deb://</pre>
|
|
<a id='L2465' name='L2465'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L2466' name='L2466'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L2467' name='L2467'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Colors"><a class="permalink" href="#Colors">Colors</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L2468' name='L2468'></a><p class="Pp">Midnight Commander will try to detect if your terminal supports
|
|
<a id='L2469' name='L2469'></a> color using the terminal database and your terminal name. Sometimes it gets
|
|
<a id='L2470' name='L2470'></a> confused, so you may force color mode or disable color mode using the -c and
|
|
<a id='L2471' name='L2471'></a> -b flag respectively.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2472' name='L2472'></a><p class="Pp">If the program is compiled with the S-Lang screen manager instead
|
|
<a id='L2473' name='L2473'></a> of ncurses, it will also check the variable <b>COLORTERM,</b> if it is set,
|
|
<a id='L2474' name='L2474'></a> it has the same effect as the -c flag.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2475' name='L2475'></a><p class="Pp">You may specify terminals that always force color mode by adding
|
|
<a id='L2476' name='L2476'></a> the <i>color_terminals</i> variable to the Colors section of the
|
|
<a id='L2477' name='L2477'></a> initialization file. This will prevent Midnight Commander from trying to
|
|
<a id='L2478' name='L2478'></a> detect if your terminal supports color. Example:</p>
|
|
<a id='L2479' name='L2479'></a><p class="Pp"></p>
|
|
<a id='L2480' name='L2480'></a><pre>[Colors]
|
|
<a id='L2481' name='L2481'></a>color_terminals=linux,xterm
|
|
<a id='L2482' name='L2482'></a>color_terminals=terminal-name1,terminal-name2...</pre>
|
|
<a id='L2483' name='L2483'></a><p class="Pp">The program can be compiled with both ncurses and S-Lang, ncurses
|
|
<a id='L2484' name='L2484'></a> does not provide a way to force color mode: ncurses uses just the
|
|
<a id='L2485' name='L2485'></a> information in the terminal database.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2486' name='L2486'></a><p class="Pp"></p>
|
|
<a id='L2487' name='L2487'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L2488' name='L2488'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L2489' name='L2489'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Skins"><a class="permalink" href="#Skins">Skins</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L2490' name='L2490'></a><p class="Pp">You can change the appearance of Midnight Commander. To do this,
|
|
<a id='L2491' name='L2491'></a> you must specify a file that contain descriptions of colors and lines to
|
|
<a id='L2492' name='L2492'></a> draw boxes. Redefining of the colors is entirely compatible with the
|
|
<a id='L2493' name='L2493'></a> assignment of colors, as described in Section Colors.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2494' name='L2494'></a><p class="Pp">If your skin contains any true-color definitions, you should
|
|
<a id='L2495' name='L2495'></a> define the 'truecolors' key set to TRUE value in [skin] section. If
|
|
<a id='L2496' name='L2496'></a> true-color is not used but 256-color is, you should define '256colors'
|
|
<a id='L2497' name='L2497'></a> instead.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2498' name='L2498'></a><p class="Pp">A skin-file is searched on the following algorithm (to the first
|
|
<a id='L2499' name='L2499'></a> one found):</p>
|
|
<a id='L2500' name='L2500'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L2501' name='L2501'></a> <dt></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2502' name='L2502'></a> <dd>
|
|
<a id='L2503' name='L2503'></a> <br/>
|
|
<a id='L2504' name='L2504'></a> 1) command line option <b>-S &lt;skin&gt;</b> or <b>--skin=&lt;skin&gt;</b>
|
|
<a id='L2505' name='L2505'></a> <br/>
|
|
<a id='L2506' name='L2506'></a> 2) Environment variable <b>MC_SKIN</b>
|
|
<a id='L2507' name='L2507'></a> <br/>
|
|
<a id='L2508' name='L2508'></a> 3) Parameter <b>skin</b> in section <b>[Midnight-Commander]</b> in config
|
|
<a id='L2509' name='L2509'></a> file.
|
|
<a id='L2510' name='L2510'></a> <br/>
|
|
<a id='L2511' name='L2511'></a> 4) File <b>/__w/mc/mc/install-prefix/etc/mc/skins/default.ini</b>
|
|
<a id='L2512' name='L2512'></a> <br/>
|
|
<a id='L2513' name='L2513'></a> 5) File <b>/__w/mc/mc/install-prefix/share/mc/skins/default.ini</b>
|
|
<a id='L2514' name='L2514'></a> <p class="Pp"></p>
|
|
<a id='L2515' name='L2515'></a> </dd>
|
|
<a id='L2516' name='L2516'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L2517' name='L2517'></a><p class="Pp">Command line option, environment variable and parameter in config
|
|
<a id='L2518' name='L2518'></a> file may contain the absolute path to the skin-file (with the extension .ini
|
|
<a id='L2519' name='L2519'></a> or without it). Search of skin-file will occur in (to the first one
|
|
<a id='L2520' name='L2520'></a> found):</p>
|
|
<a id='L2521' name='L2521'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L2522' name='L2522'></a> <dt></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2523' name='L2523'></a> <dd>1) <b>~/.local/share/mc/skins/</b>
|
|
<a id='L2524' name='L2524'></a> <br/>
|
|
<a id='L2525' name='L2525'></a> 2) <b>/__w/mc/mc/install-prefix/etc/mc/skins/</b>
|
|
<a id='L2526' name='L2526'></a> <br/>
|
|
<a id='L2527' name='L2527'></a> 3) <b>/__w/mc/mc/install-prefix/share/mc/skins/</b>
|
|
<a id='L2528' name='L2528'></a> <p class="Pp"></p>
|
|
<a id='L2529' name='L2529'></a> </dd>
|
|
<a id='L2530' name='L2530'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L2531' name='L2531'></a><p class="Pp">The format of skin files is described in
|
|
<a id='L2532' name='L2532'></a> <b>/__w/mc/mc/install-prefix/share/mc/skins/README.txt</b>.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2533' name='L2533'></a><p class="Pp"></p>
|
|
<a id='L2534' name='L2534'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L2535' name='L2535'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L2536' name='L2536'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Filenames_Highlight"><a class="permalink" href="#Filenames_Highlight">Filenames
|
|
<a id='L2537' name='L2537'></a> Highlight</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L2538' name='L2538'></a><p class="Pp">Section [filehighlight] in current skin-file contains key names as
|
|
<a id='L2539' name='L2539'></a> highlight groups and values as color pairs.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2540' name='L2540'></a><p class="Pp">Rules of filenames highlight are placed in
|
|
<a id='L2541' name='L2541'></a> /__w/mc/mc/install-prefix/share/mc/filehighlight.ini file
|
|
<a id='L2542' name='L2542'></a> (~/.config/mc/filehighlight.ini). Name of section in this file must be equal
|
|
<a id='L2543' name='L2543'></a> to parameters names in [filehighlight] section (in current skin-file).</p>
|
|
<a id='L2544' name='L2544'></a><p class="Pp">Keys in these groups are:</p>
|
|
<a id='L2545' name='L2545'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L2546' name='L2546'></a> <dt id="type~2"><a class="permalink" href="#type~2"><i>type</i></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2547' name='L2547'></a> <dd>file type. If present, all other options are ignored.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2548' name='L2548'></a> <dt id="regexp"><a class="permalink" href="#regexp"><i>regexp</i></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2549' name='L2549'></a> <dd>regular expression. If present, 'extensions' option is ignored.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2550' name='L2550'></a> <dt id="extensions"><a class="permalink" href="#extensions"><i>extensions</i></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2551' name='L2551'></a> <dd>list of extensions of files. Separated by ';' sign.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2552' name='L2552'></a> <dt id="extensions_case"><a class="permalink" href="#extensions_case"><i>extensions_case</i></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2553' name='L2553'></a> <dd>(make sense only with 'extensions' parameter) make 'extensions' rule case
|
|
<a id='L2554' name='L2554'></a> sensitive (true) or not (false).</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2555' name='L2555'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L2556' name='L2556'></a><p class="Pp">`type' key may have values:</p>
|
|
<a id='L2557' name='L2557'></a><pre>- FILE (all files)
|
|
<a id='L2558' name='L2558'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L2559' name='L2559'></a> - FILE_EXE
|
|
<a id='L2560' name='L2560'></a>- DIR (all directories)
|
|
<a id='L2561' name='L2561'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L2562' name='L2562'></a> - LINK_DIR
|
|
<a id='L2563' name='L2563'></a>- LINK (all links except stale link)
|
|
<a id='L2564' name='L2564'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L2565' name='L2565'></a> - HARDLINK
|
|
<a id='L2566' name='L2566'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L2567' name='L2567'></a> - SYMLINK
|
|
<a id='L2568' name='L2568'></a>- STALE_LINK
|
|
<a id='L2569' name='L2569'></a>- DEVICE (all device files)
|
|
<a id='L2570' name='L2570'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L2571' name='L2571'></a> - DEVICE_BLOCK
|
|
<a id='L2572' name='L2572'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L2573' name='L2573'></a> - DEVICE_CHAR
|
|
<a id='L2574' name='L2574'></a>- SPECIAL (all special files)
|
|
<a id='L2575' name='L2575'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L2576' name='L2576'></a> - SPECIAL_SOCKET
|
|
<a id='L2577' name='L2577'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L2578' name='L2578'></a> - SPECIAL_FIFO
|
|
<a id='L2579' name='L2579'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L2580' name='L2580'></a> - SPECIAL_DOOR</pre>
|
|
<a id='L2581' name='L2581'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L2582' name='L2582'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L2583' name='L2583'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Special_Settings"><a class="permalink" href="#Special_Settings">Special
|
|
<a id='L2584' name='L2584'></a> Settings</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L2585' name='L2585'></a><p class="Pp">Most of Midnight Commander settings can be changed from the menus.
|
|
<a id='L2586' name='L2586'></a> However, there are a small number of settings which can only be changed by
|
|
<a id='L2587' name='L2587'></a> editing the setup file.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2588' name='L2588'></a><p class="Pp">These variables may be set in your ~/.config/mc/ini file:</p>
|
|
<a id='L2589' name='L2589'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L2590' name='L2590'></a> <dt id="clear_before_exec"><a class="permalink" href="#clear_before_exec"><i>clear_before_exec</i></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2591' name='L2591'></a> <dd>By default, Midnight Commander clears the screen before executing a
|
|
<a id='L2592' name='L2592'></a> command. If you would prefer to see the output of the command at the
|
|
<a id='L2593' name='L2593'></a> bottom of the screen, edit your ~/.config/mc/ini file and change the value
|
|
<a id='L2594' name='L2594'></a> of the field clear_before_exec to 0.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2595' name='L2595'></a> <dt id="confirm_view_dir"><a class="permalink" href="#confirm_view_dir"><i>confirm_view_dir</i></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2596' name='L2596'></a> <dd>If you press F3 on a directory, normally MC enters that directory. If this
|
|
<a id='L2597' name='L2597'></a> flag is set to 1, then MC will ask for confirmation before changing the
|
|
<a id='L2598' name='L2598'></a> directory if you have files tagged.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2599' name='L2599'></a> <dt id="ftpfs_retry_seconds"><a class="permalink" href="#ftpfs_retry_seconds"><i>ftpfs_retry_seconds</i></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2600' name='L2600'></a> <dd>This value is the number of seconds Midnight Commander will wait before
|
|
<a id='L2601' name='L2601'></a> attempting to reconnect to an FTP server that has denied the login. If the
|
|
<a id='L2602' name='L2602'></a> value is zero, the login will no be retried.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2603' name='L2603'></a> <dt id="max_dirt_limit"><a class="permalink" href="#max_dirt_limit"><i>max_dirt_limit</i></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2604' name='L2604'></a> <dd>Specifies how many screen updates can be skipped at most in the internal
|
|
<a id='L2605' name='L2605'></a> file viewer. Normally this value is not significant, because the code
|
|
<a id='L2606' name='L2606'></a> automatically adjusts the number of updates to skip according to the rate
|
|
<a id='L2607' name='L2607'></a> of incoming keystrokes. However, on very slow machines or terminals with a
|
|
<a id='L2608' name='L2608'></a> fast keyboard auto repeat, a big value can make screen updates too
|
|
<a id='L2609' name='L2609'></a> jumpy.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2610' name='L2610'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L2611' name='L2611'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L2612' name='L2612'></a> <dt></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2613' name='L2613'></a> <dd>It seems that setting max_dirt_limit to 10 causes the best behavior, and
|
|
<a id='L2614' name='L2614'></a> that is the default value.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2615' name='L2615'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L2616' name='L2616'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L2617' name='L2617'></a> <dt id="mouse_move_pages_viewer"><a class="permalink" href="#mouse_move_pages_viewer"><i>mouse_move_pages_viewer</i></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2618' name='L2618'></a> <dd>Controls if scrolling with the mouse is done by pages or line by line on
|
|
<a id='L2619' name='L2619'></a> the internal file viewer.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2620' name='L2620'></a> <dt id="only_leading_plus_minus"><a class="permalink" href="#only_leading_plus_minus"><i>only_leading_plus_minus</i></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2621' name='L2621'></a> <dd>Allow special treatment for '+', '-', '*' in the command line (select,
|
|
<a id='L2622' name='L2622'></a> unselect, reverse selection) only if the command line is empty. You don't
|
|
<a id='L2623' name='L2623'></a> need to quote those characters in the middle of the command line. On the
|
|
<a id='L2624' name='L2624'></a> other hand, you cannot use them to change selection when the command line
|
|
<a id='L2625' name='L2625'></a> is not empty.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2626' name='L2626'></a> <dt id="alternate_plus_minus"><a class="permalink" href="#alternate_plus_minus"><i>alternate_plus_minus</i></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2627' name='L2627'></a> <dd>If true, use '+', '-', '\' and '*' keys normally. For select/unselect, use
|
|
<a id='L2628' name='L2628'></a> 'Alt-+', 'Alt--' and 'Alt-*'.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2629' name='L2629'></a> <dt id="show_output_starts_shell"><a class="permalink" href="#show_output_starts_shell"><i>show_output_starts_shell</i></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2630' name='L2630'></a> <dd>This variable only works if you are not using the subshell support. When
|
|
<a id='L2631' name='L2631'></a> you use the C-o keystroke to go back to the user screen, if this one is
|
|
<a id='L2632' name='L2632'></a> set, you will get a fresh shell. Otherwise, pressing any key will bring
|
|
<a id='L2633' name='L2633'></a> you back to Midnight Commander.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2634' name='L2634'></a> <dt id="timeformat_recent"><a class="permalink" href="#timeformat_recent"><i>timeformat_recent</i></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2635' name='L2635'></a> <dd>Change the time format used to display dates less than 6 months from now.
|
|
<a id='L2636' name='L2636'></a> See strftime or date man page for the format specification. If this option
|
|
<a id='L2637' name='L2637'></a> is absent, default timeformat is used.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2638' name='L2638'></a> <dt id="timeformat_old"><a class="permalink" href="#timeformat_old"><i>timeformat_old</i></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2639' name='L2639'></a> <dd>Change the time format used to display dates older than 6 months from now
|
|
<a id='L2640' name='L2640'></a> or for dates in the future. See strftime or date man page for the format
|
|
<a id='L2641' name='L2641'></a> specification. If this option is absent, default timeformat is used.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2642' name='L2642'></a> <dt id="use_file_to_guess_type"><a class="permalink" href="#use_file_to_guess_type"><i>use_file_to_guess_type</i></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2643' name='L2643'></a> <dd>If this variable is on (the default) it will spawn the file command to
|
|
<a id='L2644' name='L2644'></a> match the file types listed on the mc.ext.ini file.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2645' name='L2645'></a> <dt id="xtree_mode"><a class="permalink" href="#xtree_mode"><i>xtree_mode</i></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2646' name='L2646'></a> <dd>If this variable is on (default is off) when you browse the file system on
|
|
<a id='L2647' name='L2647'></a> a Tree panel, it will automatically reload the other panel with the
|
|
<a id='L2648' name='L2648'></a> contents of the selected directory.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2649' name='L2649'></a> <dt id="shell_directory_timeout"><a class="permalink" href="#shell_directory_timeout"><i>shell_directory_timeout</i></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2650' name='L2650'></a> <dd>This variable holds the lifetime of a directory cache entry in seconds.
|
|
<a id='L2651' name='L2651'></a> The default value is 900 seconds.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2652' name='L2652'></a> <dt id="clipboard_store"><a class="permalink" href="#clipboard_store"><i>clipboard_store</i></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2653' name='L2653'></a> <dd>This variable contains path (with options) to the external clipboard
|
|
<a id='L2654' name='L2654'></a> utility like 'xclip' to read text into X selection from file. For
|
|
<a id='L2655' name='L2655'></a> example:</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2656' name='L2656'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L2657' name='L2657'></a><p class="Pp"></p>
|
|
<a id='L2658' name='L2658'></a><pre>clipboard_store=xclip -i</pre>
|
|
<a id='L2659' name='L2659'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L2660' name='L2660'></a> <dt id="clipboard_paste"><a class="permalink" href="#clipboard_paste"><i>clipboard_paste</i></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2661' name='L2661'></a> <dd>This variable contains path (with options) to the external clipboard
|
|
<a id='L2662' name='L2662'></a> utility like 'xclip' to print the selection to standard out. For
|
|
<a id='L2663' name='L2663'></a> example:</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2664' name='L2664'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L2665' name='L2665'></a><p class="Pp"></p>
|
|
<a id='L2666' name='L2666'></a><pre>clipboard_paste=xclip -o</pre>
|
|
<a id='L2667' name='L2667'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L2668' name='L2668'></a> <dt id="autodetect_codeset"><a class="permalink" href="#autodetect_codeset"><i>autodetect_codeset</i></a></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2669' name='L2669'></a> <dd>This option allows use the `enca' command to autodetect codeset of text
|
|
<a id='L2670' name='L2670'></a> files in internal viewer and editor. List of valid values can be obtain by
|
|
<a id='L2671' name='L2671'></a> the `enca --list languages | cut -d : -f1' command. Option must be located
|
|
<a id='L2672' name='L2672'></a> in the [Misc] section.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2673' name='L2673'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L2674' name='L2674'></a><p class="Pp">For example:</p>
|
|
<a id='L2675' name='L2675'></a><p class="Pp"></p>
|
|
<a id='L2676' name='L2676'></a><pre>autodetect_codeset=russian</pre>
|
|
<a id='L2677' name='L2677'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L2678' name='L2678'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L2679' name='L2679'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Parameters_for_external_editor_or_viewer"><a class="permalink" href="#Parameters_for_external_editor_or_viewer">Parameters
|
|
<a id='L2680' name='L2680'></a> for external editor or viewer</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L2681' name='L2681'></a><p class="Pp">Midnight Commander provides a way for specify an options for
|
|
<a id='L2682' name='L2682'></a> external editors and viewers. Midnight Commander tries to search the
|
|
<a id='L2683' name='L2683'></a> &quot;[External editor or viewer parameters]&quot; section in the system
|
|
<a id='L2684' name='L2684'></a> initialization file (the mc.lib file located in Midnight Commander's library
|
|
<a id='L2685' name='L2685'></a> directory) and then in the ~/.config/mc/ini file. The option name should be
|
|
<a id='L2686' name='L2686'></a> equal to the name (full pathname) of external editor or viewer. The option
|
|
<a id='L2687' name='L2687'></a> value can contain following variables:</p>
|
|
<a id='L2688' name='L2688'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L2689' name='L2689'></a> <dt><i>%filename</i></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2690' name='L2690'></a> <dd>The filename to edit/view.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2691' name='L2691'></a> <dt><i>%lineno</i></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2692' name='L2692'></a> <dd>The start line in the opening file.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2693' name='L2693'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L2694' name='L2694'></a><p class="Pp">For example:</p>
|
|
<a id='L2695' name='L2695'></a><p class="Pp"></p>
|
|
<a id='L2696' name='L2696'></a><pre>[External editor or viewer parameters]
|
|
<a id='L2697' name='L2697'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L2698' name='L2698'></a> vi=%filename +%lineno
|
|
<a id='L2699' name='L2699'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L2700' name='L2700'></a> joe=%filename +%lineno
|
|
<a id='L2701' name='L2701'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L2702' name='L2702'></a> more=%filename +%lineno</pre>
|
|
<a id='L2703' name='L2703'></a><p class="Pp">Start line is passed to the external editor/viewer only if it is
|
|
<a id='L2704' name='L2704'></a> called from the Find file results window.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2705' name='L2705'></a><p class="Pp">If external editor/viewer is launched via F4/F3 keys, MC hopes
|
|
<a id='L2706' name='L2706'></a> that program (at least &quot;joe&quot;, but probably others too) has an own
|
|
<a id='L2707' name='L2707'></a> feature that by default opens the file where it was last open. MC doesn't
|
|
<a id='L2708' name='L2708'></a> prevent external editor/viewer to save and restore position in opened
|
|
<a id='L2709' name='L2709'></a> files.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2710' name='L2710'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L2711' name='L2711'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L2712' name='L2712'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="Terminal_databases"><a class="permalink" href="#Terminal_databases">Terminal
|
|
<a id='L2713' name='L2713'></a> databases</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L2714' name='L2714'></a><p class="Pp">Midnight Commander provides a way to fix your system terminal
|
|
<a id='L2715' name='L2715'></a> database without requiring root privileges. Midnight Commander searches in
|
|
<a id='L2716' name='L2716'></a> the system initialization file (the mc.lib file located in Midnight
|
|
<a id='L2717' name='L2717'></a> Commander's library directory) and in the ~/.config/mc/ini file for the
|
|
<a id='L2718' name='L2718'></a> section &quot;terminal:your-terminal-name&quot; and then for the section
|
|
<a id='L2719' name='L2719'></a> &quot;terminal:general&quot;, each line of the section contains a key symbol
|
|
<a id='L2720' name='L2720'></a> that you want to define, followed by an equal sign and the definition for
|
|
<a id='L2721' name='L2721'></a> the key. You can use the special \e form to represent the escape character
|
|
<a id='L2722' name='L2722'></a> and the ^x to represent the control-x character.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2723' name='L2723'></a><p class="Pp">The possible key symbols are:</p>
|
|
<a id='L2724' name='L2724'></a><p class="Pp"></p>
|
|
<a id='L2725' name='L2725'></a><pre>f0 to f20 Function keys f0-f20
|
|
<a id='L2726' name='L2726'></a>bs backspace
|
|
<a id='L2727' name='L2727'></a>home home key
|
|
<a id='L2728' name='L2728'></a>end end key
|
|
<a id='L2729' name='L2729'></a>up up arrow key
|
|
<a id='L2730' name='L2730'></a>down down arrow key
|
|
<a id='L2731' name='L2731'></a>left left arrow key
|
|
<a id='L2732' name='L2732'></a>right right arrow key
|
|
<a id='L2733' name='L2733'></a>pgdn page down key
|
|
<a id='L2734' name='L2734'></a>pgup page up key
|
|
<a id='L2735' name='L2735'></a>insert the insert character
|
|
<a id='L2736' name='L2736'></a>delete the delete character
|
|
<a id='L2737' name='L2737'></a>complete to do completion</pre>
|
|
<a id='L2738' name='L2738'></a><p class="Pp">For example, to define the key insert to be the Escape + [ + O +
|
|
<a id='L2739' name='L2739'></a> p, you set this in the ini file:</p>
|
|
<a id='L2740' name='L2740'></a><p class="Pp"></p>
|
|
<a id='L2741' name='L2741'></a><pre>insert=\e[Op</pre>
|
|
<a id='L2742' name='L2742'></a><p class="Pp"></p>
|
|
<a id='L2743' name='L2743'></a><p class="Pp">Also now you can use <i>extended learn keys.</i> For example:</p>
|
|
<a id='L2744' name='L2744'></a><p class="Pp"></p>
|
|
<a id='L2745' name='L2745'></a><pre>
|
|
<a id='L2746' name='L2746'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L2747' name='L2747'></a> ctrl-alt-right=\e[[1;6C
|
|
<a id='L2748' name='L2748'></a><br/>
|
|
<a id='L2749' name='L2749'></a> ctrl-alt-left=\e[[1;6D</pre>
|
|
<a id='L2750' name='L2750'></a><p class="Pp"></p>
|
|
<a id='L2751' name='L2751'></a><p class="Pp">This means that ctrl+alt+left sends a \e[[1;6D escape sequence and
|
|
<a id='L2752' name='L2752'></a> therefore Midnight Commander interprets &quot;\e[[1;6D&quot; as
|
|
<a id='L2753' name='L2753'></a> C-Alt-Left.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2754' name='L2754'></a><p class="Pp"></p>
|
|
<a id='L2755' name='L2755'></a><p class="Pp">The <i>complete</i> key symbol represents the escape sequences
|
|
<a id='L2756' name='L2756'></a> used to invoke the completion process, this is invoked with Alt-tab, but you
|
|
<a id='L2757' name='L2757'></a> can define other keys to do the same work (on those keyboard with tons of
|
|
<a id='L2758' name='L2758'></a> nice and unused keys everywhere).</p>
|
|
<a id='L2759' name='L2759'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L2760' name='L2760'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L2761' name='L2761'></a><h1 class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L2762' name='L2762'></a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L2763' name='L2763'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L2764' name='L2764'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L2765' name='L2765'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="FILES"><a class="permalink" href="#FILES">FILES</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L2766' name='L2766'></a><p class="Pp">Full paths below may vary between installations. They are also
|
|
<a id='L2767' name='L2767'></a> affected by the <b>MC_DATADIR</b> environment variable. If it's set, its
|
|
<a id='L2768' name='L2768'></a> value is used instead of /__w/mc/mc/install-prefix/share/mc in the paths
|
|
<a id='L2769' name='L2769'></a> below.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2770' name='L2770'></a><p class="Pp"><i>/__w/mc/mc/install-prefix/share/mc/help/mc.hlp</i></p>
|
|
<a id='L2771' name='L2771'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L2772' name='L2772'></a> <dt></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2773' name='L2773'></a> <dd>The help file for the program.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2774' name='L2774'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L2775' name='L2775'></a><p class="Pp"><i>/__w/mc/mc/install-prefix/share/mc/mc.ext.ini</i></p>
|
|
<a id='L2776' name='L2776'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L2777' name='L2777'></a> <dt></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2778' name='L2778'></a> <dd>The default system-wide extensions file.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2779' name='L2779'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L2780' name='L2780'></a><p class="Pp"><i>~/.config/mc/mc.ext.ini</i></p>
|
|
<a id='L2781' name='L2781'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L2782' name='L2782'></a> <dt></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2783' name='L2783'></a> <dd>User's own extension, view configuration and edit configuration file. They
|
|
<a id='L2784' name='L2784'></a> override the contents of the system wide files if present.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2785' name='L2785'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L2786' name='L2786'></a><p class="Pp"><i>/__w/mc/mc/install-prefix/etc/mc/mc.ini</i>
|
|
<a id='L2787' name='L2787'></a> <br/>
|
|
<a id='L2788' name='L2788'></a> <i>/__w/mc/mc/install-prefix/share/mc/mc.ini</i></p>
|
|
<a id='L2789' name='L2789'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L2790' name='L2790'></a> <dt></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2791' name='L2791'></a> <dd>System-wide setup files for Midnight Commander, used only if the user
|
|
<a id='L2792' name='L2792'></a> doesn't have his own <b>~/.config/mc/ini</b> file. If
|
|
<a id='L2793' name='L2793'></a> /__w/mc/mc/install-prefix/etc/mc/mc.ini exists,
|
|
<a id='L2794' name='L2794'></a> /__w/mc/mc/install-prefix/share/mc/mc.ini isn't used.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2795' name='L2795'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L2796' name='L2796'></a><p class="Pp"><i>/__w/mc/mc/install-prefix/share/mc/mc.lib</i></p>
|
|
<a id='L2797' name='L2797'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L2798' name='L2798'></a> <dt></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2799' name='L2799'></a> <dd>Global settings for Midnight Commander. Settings in this file affect all
|
|
<a id='L2800' name='L2800'></a> users, whether they have ~/.config/mc/ini or not. Currently, only terminal
|
|
<a id='L2801' name='L2801'></a> settings are loaded from mc.lib.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2802' name='L2802'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L2803' name='L2803'></a><p class="Pp"><i>~/.config/mc/ini</i></p>
|
|
<a id='L2804' name='L2804'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L2805' name='L2805'></a> <dt></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2806' name='L2806'></a> <dd>User's own setup. If this file is present then the setup is loaded from
|
|
<a id='L2807' name='L2807'></a> here instead of the system-wide startup file.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2808' name='L2808'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L2809' name='L2809'></a><p class="Pp"><i>/__w/mc/mc/install-prefix/share/mc/hints/mc.hint</i></p>
|
|
<a id='L2810' name='L2810'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L2811' name='L2811'></a> <dt></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2812' name='L2812'></a> <dd>This file contains the hints displayed by the program.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2813' name='L2813'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L2814' name='L2814'></a><p class="Pp"><i>/__w/mc/mc/install-prefix/share/mc/mc.menu</i></p>
|
|
<a id='L2815' name='L2815'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L2816' name='L2816'></a> <dt></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2817' name='L2817'></a> <dd>This file contains the default system-wide applications menu.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2818' name='L2818'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L2819' name='L2819'></a><p class="Pp"><i>~/.config/mc/menu</i></p>
|
|
<a id='L2820' name='L2820'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L2821' name='L2821'></a> <dt></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2822' name='L2822'></a> <dd>User's own application menu. If this file is present it is used instead of
|
|
<a id='L2823' name='L2823'></a> the system-wide applications menu.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2824' name='L2824'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L2825' name='L2825'></a><p class="Pp"><i>~/.cache/mc/Tree</i></p>
|
|
<a id='L2826' name='L2826'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L2827' name='L2827'></a> <dt></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2828' name='L2828'></a> <dd>The directory list for the directory tree and tree view features.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2829' name='L2829'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L2830' name='L2830'></a><p class="Pp"><i>~/.local/share/mc.menu</i></p>
|
|
<a id='L2831' name='L2831'></a><dl class="Bl-tag">
|
|
<a id='L2832' name='L2832'></a> <dt></dt>
|
|
<a id='L2833' name='L2833'></a> <dd>Local user-defined menu. If this file is present, it is used instead of
|
|
<a id='L2834' name='L2834'></a> the home or system-wide applications menu.</dd>
|
|
<a id='L2835' name='L2835'></a></dl>
|
|
<a id='L2836' name='L2836'></a><p class="Pp">To change default root directory of MC, you can use
|
|
<a id='L2837' name='L2837'></a> <b>MC_PROFILE_ROOT</b> environment variable. The value of MC_PROFILE_ROOT
|
|
<a id='L2838' name='L2838'></a> must be an absolute path. If MC_PROFILE_ROOT is unset or empty, HOME
|
|
<a id='L2839' name='L2839'></a> variable is used. If HOME is unset or empty, MC directories are get from
|
|
<a id='L2840' name='L2840'></a> GLib library.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2841' name='L2841'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L2842' name='L2842'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L2843' name='L2843'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="LICENSE"><a class="permalink" href="#LICENSE">LICENSE</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L2844' name='L2844'></a><p class="Pp">This program is distributed under the terms of the GNU General
|
|
<a id='L2845' name='L2845'></a> Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. See the
|
|
<a id='L2846' name='L2846'></a> built-in help for details on the License and the lack of warranty.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2847' name='L2847'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L2848' name='L2848'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L2849' name='L2849'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="AVAILABILITY"><a class="permalink" href="#AVAILABILITY">AVAILABILITY</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L2850' name='L2850'></a><p class="Pp">The latest version of this program can be found at
|
|
<a id='L2851' name='L2851'></a> https://ftp.osuosl.org/pub/midnightcommander/ .</p>
|
|
<a id='L2852' name='L2852'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L2853' name='L2853'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L2854' name='L2854'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="SEE_ALSO"><a class="permalink" href="#SEE_ALSO">SEE
|
|
<a id='L2855' name='L2855'></a> ALSO</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L2856' name='L2856'></a><p class="Pp">ed(1), gpm(1), terminfo(1), view(1), sh(1), bash(1), tcsh(1),
|
|
<a id='L2857' name='L2857'></a> zsh(1).</p>
|
|
<a id='L2858' name='L2858'></a><p class="Pp"></p>
|
|
<a id='L2859' name='L2859'></a><pre>Midnight Commander's page on the World Wide Web:
|
|
<a id='L2860' name='L2860'></a> https://midnight-commander.org</pre>
|
|
<a id='L2861' name='L2861'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L2862' name='L2862'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L2863' name='L2863'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="AUTHORS"><a class="permalink" href="#AUTHORS">AUTHORS</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L2864' name='L2864'></a><p class="Pp">Authors and contributors are listed in the AUTHORS file in the
|
|
<a id='L2865' name='L2865'></a> source distribution.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2866' name='L2866'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L2867' name='L2867'></a><section class="Sh">
|
|
<a id='L2868' name='L2868'></a><h1 class="Sh" id="BUGS"><a class="permalink" href="#BUGS">BUGS</a></h1>
|
|
<a id='L2869' name='L2869'></a><p class="Pp">See the file TODO in the distribution for information on what
|
|
<a id='L2870' name='L2870'></a> remains to be done.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2871' name='L2871'></a><p class="Pp">If you want to report a problem with the program, please create
|
|
<a id='L2872' name='L2872'></a> bugreport at https://github.com/MidnightCommander/mc/issues .</p>
|
|
<a id='L2873' name='L2873'></a><p class="Pp">Provide a detailed description of the bug, the version of the
|
|
<a id='L2874' name='L2874'></a> program you are running (<i>mc -V</i> displays this information), the
|
|
<a id='L2875' name='L2875'></a> operating system you are running the program on. If the program crashes, we
|
|
<a id='L2876' name='L2876'></a> would appreciate a stack trace.</p>
|
|
<a id='L2877' name='L2877'></a></section>
|
|
<a id='L2878' name='L2878'></a></div>
|
|
<a id='L2879' name='L2879'></a><table class="foot">
|
|
<a id='L2880' name='L2880'></a> <tr>
|
|
<a id='L2881' name='L2881'></a> <td class="foot-date">February 2026</td>
|
|
<a id='L2882' name='L2882'></a> <td class="foot-os">MC Version e23ecc6</td>
|
|
<a id='L2883' name='L2883'></a> </tr>
|
|
<a id='L2884' name='L2884'></a></table>
|
|
<a id='L2885' name='L2885'></a></body>
|
|
<a id='L2886' name='L2886'></a></html>
|
|
</pre>
|
|
<hr />
|
|
<a id='BOTTOM' name='BOTTOM'></a>
|
|
<em class='comment'>/* <img class='icon' src='../icons/n_left.png' alt='[previous]' /><img class='icon' src='../icons/n_right.png' alt='[next]' /><img class='icon' src='../icons/n_first.png' alt='[first]' /><img class='icon' src='../icons/n_last.png' alt='[last]' /><a href='#TOP'><img class='icon' src='../icons/top.png' alt='[top]' /></a><img class='icon' src='../icons/n_bottom.png' alt='[bottom]' /><a href='../mains.html'><img class='icon' src='../icons/index.png' alt='[index]' /></a><a href='../help.html'><img class='icon' src='../icons/help.png' alt='[help]' /></a> <input type='text' readonly onfocus='this.select();' value='+2886 man/mc.html' /> */</em>
|
|
</body>
|
|
</html>
|